UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

T

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

For the Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

or

 

o

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

Commission file number: 0-10777

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Hawaii

 

99-0212597

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

220 South King Street, Honolulu, Hawaii

 

96813

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(808) 544-0500

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of each exchange on

 

 

Title of each class

 

 

 

which registered

 

Common Stock, No Par Value

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yeso Nox

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yesx Noo

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yeso Noo

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer o

Accelerated Filer o

Non-Accelerated Filer x

Smaller Reporting Company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).Yeso Nox

 

As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $42,804,000. As of February 3, 2011, the number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding was 1,527,000 shares.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2011 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 



 

PART 1

 

Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that Could Affect Future Results

 

Certain statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”), notwithstanding that such statements are not specifically identified. In addition, certain statements may be contained in our future filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in press releases and in oral and written statements made by us or with our approval that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Act. Examples of forward-looking statements include but are not limited to: (i) projections of revenues, expenses, income or loss, earnings or loss per share, the payment or nonpayment of dividends, capital structure and other financial items; (ii) statements of plans, objectives and expectations of Central Pacific Financial Corp. or its management or Board of Directors, including those relating to our proposed recapitalization, regulatory actions, business plans, products or services; (iii) statements of future economic performance; and (iv) statements of assumptions underlying such statements. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “targeted,” “continue,” “remain,” “will,” “should,” “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

 

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include but are not limited to:

 

·                  the effect of and our failure to timely comply with all of the requirements of the Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the State of Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), the Written Agreement (the “FRB Agreement “) with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) and DFI, the contemplated Memorandum of Understanding with the FDIC and the DFI (the “MOU”) described below and any further regulatory actions;

 

·                  our ability to complete the planned recapitalization of the Company including the $325 million capital raise through a private placement offering (the “Private Placement”);

 

·                  our ability to execute on our recovery plan;

 

·                  oversupply of inventory and adverse conditions in the Hawaii and California real estate markets and further weakness in the construction industry;

 

·                  adverse changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers and, as a result, increased loan delinquency rates, further deterioration in asset quality and further losses in our loan portfolio;

 

·                  the impact of local, national, and international economies and events (including natural disasters such as wildfires, tsunamis and earthquakes) on the Company’s business and operations and on tourism, the military, and other major industries operating within the Hawaii market and any other markets in which the Company does business;

 

·                  deterioration or malaise in economic conditions, including the continued destabilizing factors in the financial industry and continued deterioration of the real estate market, as well as the impact of declining levels of consumer and business confidence in the state of the economy in general and in financial institutions in particular;

 

·                  the impact of regulatory action on the Company and Central Pacific Bank and legislation affecting the banking industry;

 

2



 

·                  changes in estimates of future reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;

 

·                  the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), other regulatory reform, including but not limited to government-sponsored enterprise reform, and any related rules and regulations on our business operations and competitiveness, including the impact of executive compensation restrictions, which may affect our ability to retain and recruit executives in competition with other firms who do not operate under those restrictions;

 

·                  the costs and effects of legal and regulatory developments, including the resolution of legal proceedings or regulatory or other governmental inquiries and the results of regulatory examinations or reviews;

 

·                  our ability to operate as a going concern and the potential adverse reaction of our customers, employees, vendors, and community;

 

·                  the effects of and changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”);

 

·                  inflation, interest rate, securities market and monetary fluctuations;

 

·                  movements in interest rates;

 

·                  negative trends in our market capitalization and adverse changes in the price of the Company’s common shares;

 

·                  political instability;

 

·                  acts of war or terrorism;

 

·                  changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits;

 

·                  technological changes;

 

·                  changes in the competitive environment among financial holding companies and other financial service providers;

 

·                  the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

 

·                  ability to retain and attract skilled employees;

 

·                  changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans; and

 

·                  our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items.

 

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

3



 

ITEM 1.          BUSINESS

 

General

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp., a Hawaii corporation and bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), was organized on February 1, 1982. Our principal business is to serve as a holding company for our bank subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, which was incorporated in its present form in the state of Hawaii on March 16, 1982 in connection with the holding company reorganization. Its predecessor entity was incorporated in the state of Hawaii on January 15, 1954.

 

When we refer to “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our,” we mean Central Pacific Financial Corp. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. When we refer to “Central Pacific Financial Corp.,” “CPF,” or to the holding company, we are referring to the parent company on a standalone basis, and we refer to Central Pacific Bank herein as our bank or the bank.

 

Through our bank and its subsidiaries, we offer full-service commercial banking with 34 bank branches and 120 ATMs located throughout the state of Hawaii. Our administrative and main offices are located in Honolulu and we have 27 branches on the island of Oahu. We operate four branches on the island of Maui, two branches on the island of Hawaii and one branch on the island of Kauai. We also have an office in California. As part of our recovery plan, we are no longer originating new loans on the mainland and this office is solely focused on servicing our existing mainland lending relationships. Our bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits. The bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Central Pacific Bank is a full-service commercial bank offering a broad range of banking products and services including accepting time and demand deposits and originating loans, including commercial loans, construction loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans and consumer loans.

 

We derive our income primarily from interest and fees on loans, interest on investment securities and fees received in connection with deposit and other services. Our major operating expenses are the interest paid by our bank on deposits and borrowings, salaries and employee benefits and general operating expenses. Our bank relies on a foundation of locally generated deposits. For financial reporting purposes, we have the following four reportable segments: (1) Commercial Real Estate, (2) Hawaii Market, (3) Treasury, and (4) Other. For further information about our reporting segments, including information about the assets and operating results of each, see “Note 26 – Segment Information” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Our operations, like those of other financial institutions that operate in our market, are significantly influenced by economic conditions in Hawaii, including the strength of the real estate market, as well as the fiscal and regulatory policies of the federal and state government and the regulatory authorities that govern financial institutions. See “—Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Agencies” below for information about the Consent Order, FRB Agreement and the contemplated MOU to which we are subject and the remainder of “—Supervision and Regulation” below for other information about the regulation of our holding company and bank.

 

On June 23, 2010, we received regulatory approval for the appointment of John C. Dean as Executive Chairman of the Board of CPF and the bank from the FDIC, FRB, and DFI. On August 23, 2010, we received regulatory approval for the appointment of Lawrence D. Rodriguez as Chief Financial Officer of CPF and the bank from the FDIC, FRB, and DFI. In June 2010, we hired R. William Wilson as Executive Vice President of Special Credits to assist us with the reduction of problem assets and other credit risk management functions. On November 23, 2010, we appointed A. Catherine Ngo as Chief Administrative Officer and Executive Vice President of the Company and the bank. Currently, we are operating without a named Chief Executive Officer and Chief Credit Officer. Mr. Dean is currently serving as the acting Chief Executive Officer and Chief Credit Officer for the Company.

 

4



 

Since December 2009, our bank has been subject to the Consent Order that requires our bank to improve our capital position, asset quality, liquidity and management oversight, among other matters. Specifically, we were required to increase and maintain our leverage and total risk-based capital ratios to at least 10% and 12%, respectively, by March 31, 2010. In addition to these capital ratio requirements, we are also required to maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses at all times and systematically reduce our commercial real estate loans, particularly land development and construction loans. We must also obtain approval from the FDIC and DFI before paying cash dividends or making other payments from the bank to Central Pacific Financial Corp.

 

During the past three months, we completed a number of key milestones as we pursued our previously announced plans to raise $325 million of new capital through the Private Placement. We entered into definitive agreements in November 2010 (which were later amended) with affiliates of each of The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) and Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C (“Anchorage” and, together with Carlyle, the “Lead Investors”) pursuant to which each lead investor agreed to invest approximately $98.6 million in our common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split referred to below). In December 2010, we entered into separate subscription agreements with additional investors, including certain of our directors and officers and their affiliates, pursuant to which the additional investors have agreed to invest an aggregate of approximately $127.8 million in our common stock, which together with the investments of the Lead Investors, would aggregate to the $325 million of new capital that we are seeking, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split). We expect to enter into additional subscription agreements and amendments to the investment agreements and certain existing subscription agreements to finalize allocations of the $325 million capital raise in anticipation of satisfying all closing conditions. As a result of these amendments and new subscription agreements, we expect that each lead investor will be investing approximately $94.6 million and the other investors will invest the remaining amount of approximately $135.8 million.

 

In December 2010, the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”) agreed to exchange our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “TARP Preferred Stock”) purchased by the Treasury under the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for approximately $56.1 million in our common stock (the “TARP Exchange”), subject to the execution of a definitive exchange agreement. The number of shares in the TARP Exchange will be based on the same per share purchase price as payable by the Lead Investors and the additional investors in the Private Placement. The Company and Treasury also agreed to amend the ten-year warrant to purchase shares of common stock (the “TARP Warrant”) issued to the Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s investment in the TARP Preferred Stock to, among other things, reduce the exercise price to the same per share purchase price in the Private Placement. The closings of the Private Placement and TARP Exchange are conditional upon one another, along with the receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. We expect to complete the Private Placement and TARP Exchange in February 2011, assuming the satisfaction of all remaining conditions to closing. Assuming completion of the Private Placement, our regulatory capital ratios are expected to exceed the minimum levels required by the Consent Order. However, we cannot provide absolute assurance that all remaining closing conditions will be satisfied timely or at all. If we do not complete the Private Placement on a timely basis, we will be unable to comply with the capital ratio requirements in the Consent Order and may be subject to the regulatory restrictions described below.

 

In anticipation of the completion of the Private Placement and TARP Exchange, we effected a 1-for-20 reverse split on February 2, 2011. The reverse stock split was previously approved by our shareholders at the shareholder meeting on May 24, 2010. No fractional shares of common stock were issued as a result of the reverse stock split. For each holder of common stock, the number of shares held prior to the effectiveness of the reverse stock split were divided by twenty and, if the resulting number was not a whole number, then such number was rounded up to the next nearest whole number. Except as otherwise specified, the share and per share amounts included in this filing have been restated to give effect to this reverse stock split. For more information on the reverse stock split, please see our proxy statement for the 2010 shareholders meeting filed with the SEC.

 

As previously announced and as part of the recapitalization, we also intend to commence a rights offering following the closing of the Private Placement and TARP Exchange whereby shareholders of record as of the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the closing date will receive transferable rights to purchase newly issued shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split). The rights will provide for the purchase of up to $20.0 million of the Company’s common stock by holders of such rights.

 

5



 

Assuming the Private Placement and TARP Exchange are completed, we will be subject to certain ongoing obligations under the Investment Agreements with the Lead Investors, the subscription agreements with the additional investors and the exchange agreement with the Treasury as described below. Each lead investor will be entitled to a Board seat so long as it owns, together with its affiliates, 10% or more of our common stock and to an observer to the Board so long as it owns, together with its affiliates, 5% or more of our common stock. The Treasury will be entitled to an observer to the Board so long as it owns, together with its affiliates, 5% or more of common stock (treating the warrant it holds on an as exercised basis). Each lead investor and the additional investors are also entitled to certain preemptive rights in connection with certain equity issuances by CPF. Each lead investor, the additional investors and the Treasury will also have the benefit of certain registration rights under their respective agreements with us. Additionally, the Company agreed to provide the investors certain indemnities under the agreements. The summaries of the various agreements mentioned above are qualified by reference to the full text of those agreements. For additional information on the Investment Agreements and amendments thereto and the subscription agreements, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K, filed previously.

 

Although the bank expects to be in compliance with the capital ratio requirements in the Consent Order following the completion of the Private Placement, it currently is not and following such completion will not be in compliance with a number of other requirements of the Consent Order and FRB Agreement. We cannot assure you whether or when we will be in full compliance with all of the remaining requirements in the Consent Order and FRB Agreement or whether or when the Consent Order and FRB Agreement will be lifted or terminated. Even if lifted or terminated, we may still be subject to memoranda of understanding or other agreements with regulators that restrict our activities or that continue to impose capital ratio requirements. The requirements and restrictions of the Consent Order are judicially enforceable and the Company or bank’s failure to comply with such requirements and restrictions may subject the Company and bank to additional regulatory restrictions including: the imposition of civil monetary penalties; the termination of insurance of deposits; the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties; the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; the issuance of directives to increase capital or enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, if we again fall below the capital ratio requirements; and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders.

 

In addition to the Consent Order, on July 2, 2010, CPF entered into the FRB Agreement with the FRBSF and DFI which supersedes in its entirety the terms of the Memorandum of Understanding that the Company entered into on April 1, 2009 with the FRBSF and DFI. Among other matters, the FRB Agreement provides that unless we receive the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we cannot: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from Central Pacific Bank; (iii) directly or through its non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of its stock. The FRB Agreement also requires that our Board of Directors fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with the Consent Order. Additionally, we were required to submit to the FRBSF an acceptable capital plan and cash flow projection.

 

On January 28, 2011, the bank received a form of Memorandum of Understanding (the “MOU”) from the FDIC and DFI relating to the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”). Under the draft MOU, the bank will be required to (i) fully comply with the BSA and anti-money laundering requirements, (ii) implement a plan to ensure such compliance, including improving and maintaining an adequate system of internal controls, bolstering policies on customer due diligence, providing for comprehensive independent testing to validate compliance, and maintaining an adequate compliance staff, (iii) correct all deficiencies identified by our regulators and (iv) provide them with progress reports. We expect the MOU to become effective by the end of February 2011.

 

6



 

Our Services

 

We offer a full range of banking services and products to businesses, professionals and individuals. We provide our customers with an array of loan products, including, residential mortgage loans, commercial and consumer loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans and construction loans.

 

Through our bank, we concentrate our lending activities in four principal areas:

 

(1) Residential Mortgage Lending.  Residential mortgage loans include both fixed and adjustable-rate loans primarily secured by single-family owner-occupied residences in Hawaii. We typically require loan-to-value ratios of not more than 80%, although higher levels are permitted with accompanying mortgage insurance. First mortgage loans secured by residential properties generally carry a moderate level of credit risk. With an average loan size of approximately $0.4 million, marketable collateral and, until the past several years, a historically stable residential real estate market, credit losses on residential mortgages had been minimal during the past several years. However, changes in interest rates, the economic recession and other market factors have impacted, and future changes may continue to impact, the marketability and value of collateral and the financial condition of our borrowers and thus the level of credit risk inherent in the portfolio.

 

Since our August 2005 acquisition of Hawaii HomeLoans, Inc., now known as Central Pacific HomeLoans, Inc. (“CPHL”), we have grown our market position in the residential mortgage origination arena in Hawaii with dedicated mortgage lending specialists on all major islands in Hawaii. The majority of our residential mortgage loan originations are sold in the secondary market.

 

(2) Commercial Lending and Leasing.  Loans in this category consist primarily of term loans, lines of credit and equipment leases to small and middle-market businesses and professionals in the state of Hawaii. The borrower’s business is typically regarded as the principal source of repayment, although our underwriting policies and practices generally require additional sources of collateral, including real estate and other business assets, as well as personal guarantees where possible to mitigate risk and help to reduce credit losses.

 

(3) Commercial Real Estate Lending.  Loans in this category consist of loans secured by commercial real estate, including but not limited to, structures and facilities to support activities designated as industrial, warehouse, general office, retail, health care, religious and multi-family dwellings. Our underwriting policy generally requires net cash flow from the property to cover the debt service while maintaining an appropriate amount of reserve and permits consideration of liquidation of the collateral as a secondary source of repayment. Financing of commercial real estate projects are subject to a high degree of credit risk. The limited supply of land at a given commercially attractive location, the exceptionally long economic life of the assets, the long delivery time frames required for the development and construction of major projects and high interest rate sensitivity have given commercial real estate markets a long history of extreme cyclical fluctuations and volatility.

 

(4) Construction Lending.  Construction lending encompasses the financing of both residential and commercial construction projects. Similar to commercial real estate lending, construction projects are subject to a high degree of credit risk given the long delivery time frames for projects. Our construction portfolio has deteriorated significantly since the latter part of 2007 and we have, and will continue to, take aggressive steps to reduce our exposure to this sector.

 

As part of the directives included in the Consent Order, we have systematically reduced our commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios over the past several quarters, particularly in the land development area.

 

Beyond the lending function described above, we also offer a full array of deposit products and services including checking, savings and time deposits, cash management and internet banking services, trust services and retail brokerage services.

 

7



 

Our Market Area and Competition

 

Based on deposit market share among FDIC-insured financial institutions in Hawaii, Central Pacific Bank, was the fourth-largest depository institution in the state of Hawaii at September 30, 2010.

 

The banking and financial services industry in the state of Hawaii generally, and in our target market areas, is highly competitive. We compete for loans, deposits and customers with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, credit unions and other nonbank financial service providers. Some of these competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and/or have maintained stronger performance than us in the downturn in the economy.

 

In order to compete with the other financial services providers in the state of Hawaii, we principally rely upon local promotional activities, personal relationships between customers and our officers, directors and employees, and specialized services tailored to meet the needs of our customers and the communities we serve. We remain competitive by offering flexibility and superior service levels, coupled with competitive interest rates and pricing.

 

For further discussion of factors affecting our operations see “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Business Concentrations

 

No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to the assets or deposits of our bank, or in relation to the overall business of the Company. However, approximately 84% of our loan portfolio held for investment at December 31, 2010 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans. See “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Loan Portfolio.”

 

Our business activities are now focused primarily in Hawaii and we are no longer originating new loans out of the mainland. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are impacted by the general economic trends in Hawaii, and to a lesser extent in California, particularly in the commercial and residential real estate markets. During periods of economic strength, the real estate market and the real estate industry typically perform well, during periods of economic weakness, they typically are adversely affected.

 

Our Subsidiaries

 

Central Pacific Bank is the principal wholly-owned subsidiary of Central Pacific Financial Corp. Other wholly-owned subsidiaries include: CPB Capital Trust I; CPB Capital Trust II; CPB Statutory Trust III; CPB Capital Trust IV; CPB Statutory Trust V; CPB Real Estate, Inc.; Citibank Properties, Inc.; CB Technology, Inc.; and CPHL.

 

Central Pacific Bank or its wholly-owned subsidiary, CPHL, also owns 50% of the following Hawaii limited liability companies: Pacific Access Mortgage, LLC; Gentry HomeLoans, LLC; and Towne Island Mortgage, LLC.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

Set forth below is a description of the significant elements of the laws and regulations and other regulatory matters applicable to us and our bank. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies that are described. Also, such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us and our bank could have a material effect on our business.

 

8



 

Regulatory Agencies

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp. is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. As a bank holding company, Central Pacific Financial Corp. is regulated under the BHC Act and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the FRB. It is also subject to Hawaii’s Code of Financial Institutions and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the DFI.

 

The Company is also subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as administered by the SEC. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “CPF,” and we are subject to the rules of the NYSE for companies listed there.

 

Central Pacific Bank, as a Hawaii-chartered bank, is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the DFI and FDIC. The bank is also subject to certain regulations promulgated by the FRB. If, as a result of an examination of the bank, the FDIC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of its operations are unsatisfactory, or that it or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the FDIC. Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in capital, to restrict its growth, to assess civil monetary penalties, to remove officers and directors, institute a receivership, and ultimately to terminate its deposit insurance, which for a Hawaii-chartered bank would result in a revocation of its charter. The DFI separately holds many of the same remedial powers.

 

Regulatory Actions

 

As previously discussed, on December 8, 2009, the Board of Directors of Central Pacific Bank agreed to the Consent Order with the FDIC and DFI, which required our bank to improve its capital position, asset quality, liquidity and management oversight, among other matters.  In addition to the capital ratio requirements described above, our bank must also maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses at all times and systematically reduce our commercial real estate loans, particularly land development and construction loans.  Our bank must also obtain approval from the FDIC and DFI before paying cash dividends or making other payments from our bank to CPF.

 

The Consent Order was filed as an exhibit to the 2009 annual report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 10.28 and the FDIC has made a copy of the Consent Order available on their website at www.fdic.gov. The contents of the FDIC website are not incorporated by reference into this filing. The Consent Order will remain in effect until modified or terminated by the FDIC and DFI.

 

Although the bank expects to be in compliance with the capital ratio requirements in the Consent Order following the completion of the Private Placement, it currently is not and following completion of the Private Placement will not be in compliance with a number of requirements. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for a discussion of the potential consequences that could result from failure to comply with the requirements of the Consent Order. See Note 2 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of our recovery plan.

 

9



 

In addition to the Consent Order, on July 2, 2010, CPF entered into the FRB Agreement with the FRBSF and DFI which supersedes in its entirety the terms of the Memorandum of Understanding that the Company entered into on April 1, 2009 with the FRBSF and DFI. Among other matters, the FRB Agreement provides that unless we receive the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we cannot: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from Central Pacific Bank; (iii) directly or through its non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of its stock. The FRB Agreement also requires that our Board of Directors fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with the Consent Order. Additionally, we were required to submit to the FRBSF an acceptable capital plan and cash flow projection. The FRB Agreement is included in a Form 8-K which we filed on July 9, 2010, with the SEC.

 

In addition, we expect to also be subject to the MOU by the end of February 2011 as further described above.

 

Bank Holding Company Activities

 

In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies which have not elected financial holding company status to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. We have not elected financial holding company status and are currently not eligible for such status. As a result of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), which amended the BHC Act, bank holding companies that are financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the FRB). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments.

 

If a bank holding company seeks to engage in the broader range of activities that are permitted under the BHC Act for financial holding companies, (i) all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” and (ii) it must file a declaration with the FRB that it elects to be a “financial holding company.” A depository institution subsidiary is considered to be “well capitalized” if it satisfies the requirements for this status discussed under “—Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective Action” below. A depository institution subsidiary is considered “well managed” if it received a composite rating and management rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination.

 

In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHC Act or to acquire a company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”). See “—Community Reinvestment Act” below.

 

The BHC Act generally limits acquisitions by bank holding companies that are not qualified as financial holding companies to commercial banks and companies engaged in activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Financial holding companies are also permitted to acquire companies engaged in activities that are financial in nature and in activities that are incidental and complementary to financial activities without prior FRB approval. CPF has not filed a declaration electing financial holding company status and has no current intention to do so.

 

The BHC Act, the Federal Bank Merger Act, Hawaii law and other federal and state statutes regulate acquisitions of commercial banks. The BHC Act requires the prior approval of the FRB for the direct or indirect acquisition of more than 5.0% of the voting shares of a commercial bank or its parent holding company. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined organization, the applicant’s performance record under the CRA (see “—Community Reinvestment Act” below) and fair housing laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities.

 

10



 

Affiliate Transactions

 

Transactions between our subsidiary bank, on the one hand, and CPF and its other subsidiaries, on the other hand, are regulated by the FRB. These regulations limited the types and amounts of transactions (including loans due and extensions of credit from our subsidiary bank) that may take place and generally require those transactions to be on an arm’s length basis. These regulations generally do not apply to transactions between a U.S. bank subsidiary and its subsidiaries. In general, these regulations require that any extensions of credit must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and must be limited, as to any one of CPF or its non-bank subsidiaries, to 10% of our subsidiary bank’s capital stock and surplus, and, as to the holding company and all such non-bank subsidiaries in the aggregate, to 20% of our subsidiary bank’s capital stock and surplus. These restrictions, other than the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions with any one affiliate, are also applied to transactions between banks and their financial subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expands the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization. For example, commencing in July 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act will require that the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions begin to apply to financial subsidiaries. It also requires, commencing in July 2011, that derivative transactions under which a bank (or a subsidiary) has credit exposure to an affiliate will be treated as covered transactions, with the term “credit exposure” to be defined by the FRB under its existing rulemaking authority.

 

Source of Strength Doctrine

 

FRB policy historically has required bank holding companies to act as a source of strength to their bank subsidiaries and to commit capital and financial resources to support those subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act codifies this policy as a statutory requirement. Such support may be required by the FRB at times when we might otherwise determine not to provide it. Any capital loan by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks is subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. The BHC Act provides that in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

 

Capital Requirements

 

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.

 

The FDIC and DFI have substantially similar risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio guidelines for banking organizations. The guidelines are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Under the guidelines, banking organizations are required to maintain minimum ratios for Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit). For purposes of calculating the ratios, a banking organization’s assets and some of its specified off-balance sheet commitments and obligations are assigned to various risk categories. A depository institution’s or holding company’s capital, in turn, is classified in one of three tiers depending on type:

 

·                  Core Capital (Tier 1).  Tier 1 capital includes common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual stock at the holding company level, minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets.

 

11



 

·                  Supplementary Capital (Tier 2).  Tier 2 capital includes, among other things, perpetual preferred stock and related surplus not meeting the Tier 1 definition, qualifying mandatory convertible debt securities, qualifying subordinated debt and allowances for possible loan and lease losses, subject to limitations.

 

·                  Market Risk Capital (Tier 3).  Tier 3 capital includes qualifying unsecured subordinated debt.

 

We, like other bank holding companies, are required to maintain Tier 1 capital and “total risk-based capital” (the sum of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital) equal to at least 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively, of total risk-weighted assets (including various off-balance-sheet items, such as standby letters of credit). Our subsidiary bank, like other depository institutions, is required to maintain similar capital levels under capital adequacy guidelines. However, as described under “—Regulatory Actions” above, we are currently subject to higher ratios as a result of the Consent Order and FRB Agreement.

 

Bank holding companies and banks subject to the market risk capital guidelines are required to incorporate market and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards. Under the market risk capital guidelines, capital is allocated to support the amount of market risk related to a financial institution’s ongoing trading activities.

 

Bank holding companies and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier 1 capital to its total adjusted quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes). The requirements necessitate a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% for bank holding companies and national banks that either have received the highest supervisory rating or have implemented the appropriate federal regulatory authority’s risk-based capital measure for market risk. All other bank holding companies and banks are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum is specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. For a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%.

 

Prompt Corrective Action

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), requires among other things, federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDICIA establishes five capital categories for FDIC-insured banks: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital category will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors as established by regulation. The relevant capital measures are the total capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio.

 

Under FDICIA, a depository institution is deemed to be: (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater (3.0% in certain circumstances) and is not “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0% (3.0% in certain circumstances); (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to or deemed to be in a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.

 

12



 

The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.”

 

“Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s capital ratios, as well as the minimum requirements to be deemed adequately capitalized applicable generally to all financial institutions as of the dates indicated. As of December 31, 2010, the bank was subject to, and was not in compliance with, the capital directive in the Consent Order which required that it achieve and maintain a leverage capital ratio of at least 10% and total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12% by March 31, 2010, as mentioned above.

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum required to be

 

Minimum required

 

 

 

Actual

 

adequately capitalized

 

to be well-capitalized

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)     

 

 

 

 

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

180,626

 

7.6

%

 

$

94,544

 

4.0

 %

 

$

141,815

 

6.0

%

 

Total risk-based capital

 

212,259

 

9.0

 

 

189,087

 

8.0

 

 

236,359

 

10.0

 

 

Leverage capital

 

180,626

 

4.4

 

 

163,454

 

4.0

 

 

204,318

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

334,309

 

9.6

%

 

$

139,064

 

4.0

 %

 

$

208,596

 

6.0

%

 

Total risk-based capital

 

379,848

 

10.9

 

 

278,128

 

8.0

 

 

347,660

 

10.0

 

 

Leverage capital

 

334,309

 

6.8

 

 

196,478

 

4.0

 

 

245,597

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Pacific Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

197,626

 

8.4

%

 

$

94,592

 

4.0

 %

 

$

141,888

 

6.0

%

 

Total risk-based capital

 

229,271

 

9.7

 

 

189,183

 

8.0

 

 

236,479

 

10.0

 

 

Leverage capital

 

197,626

 

4.8

 

 

163,500

 

4.0

 

 

204,376

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

334,193

 

9.6

%

 

$

138,976

 

4.0

 %

 

$

208,464

 

6.0

%

 

Total risk-based capital

 

379,705

 

10.9

 

 

277,953

 

8.0

 

 

347,441

 

10.0

 

 

Leverage capital

 

334,193

 

6.8

 

 

196,273

 

4.0

 

 

245,342

 

5.0

 

 

 

13



 

The federal regulatory authorities’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply. In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital accord to replace its 1988 capital accord, with an update in November 2005 (“Basel II”). In December, 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III”. Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. bank agencies and fully phased-in, will require bank holdings companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.

 

Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk—an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances (which for many asset classes is itself broken into a “foundation” approach and an “advanced or A-IRB” approach, the availability of which is subject to additional restrictions) and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines. Basel II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures.

 

In November 2007, the U.S. banking and thrift agencies adopted a definitive final rule for implementing Basel II in the United States that would apply only to internationally active banking organizations, or “core banks” defined as those with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated on-balance-sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion or more. The final rule became effective as of April 1, 2008. Other U.S. banking organizations may elect to adopt the requirements of this rule (if they meet applicable qualification requirements), but they will not be required to apply them. The rule also allows a banking organization’s primary federal supervisor to determine that the application of the rule would not be appropriate in light of the bank’s asset size, level of complexity, risk profile, or scope of operations. In July 2008, the agencies issued a proposed rule that would adopt the standardized approach of Basel II for credit risk, the basic indicator approach of Basel II for operational risk, and related disclosure requirements. While this proposed rule generally parallels the relevant approaches under Basel II, it diverges where United States markets have unique characteristics and risk profiles, most notably with respect to risk weighting residential mortgage exposures. The Company is not required to comply with Basel II and has made a determination not to apply the Basel II requirements.

 

On September 3, 2009, the Treasury issued a policy statement (the “Treasury Policy Statement”) entitled “Principles for Reforming the U.S. and International Regulatory Capital Framework for Banking Firms.” The Treasury Policy Statement was developed in consultation with the U.S. bank regulatory agencies and sets forth eight “core principles” intended to shape a new international capital accord. Six of the core principles relate directly to bank capital requirements. The Treasury Policy Statement contemplates changes to the existing regulatory capital regime that would involve substantial revisions to, if not replacement of, major parts of the Basel I and Basel II capital frameworks and effect all regulated banking organizations and other systemically important institutions. The Treasury Policy Statement repeatedly calls for higher and stronger capital requirements for bank and non-bank financial firms known as “Tier 1 FHCs” that are deemed to pose a risk to financial stability due to their combination of size, leverage, interconnectedness and liquidity risk. Central Pacific Financial Corp. would not be deemed a Tier 1 FHC.

 

The Treasury Policy Statement suggested that changes to the regulatory capital framework be phased in over a period of several years. The recommended schedule provides for implementation of reforms by December 31, 2012, although it is possible that U.S. bank regulatory agencies could officially adopt, or informally implement, new capital standards at an earlier date.

 

Following the issuance of the Treasury Policy Statement, on December 17, 2009, the Basel Committee issued a set of proposals (the “Capital Proposals”) that would significantly revise the definitions of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, with the most significant changes being to Tier 1 capital. Most notably, the Capital Proposals would disqualify certain structured capital instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital status. The Capital Proposals would also re-emphasize that common equity is the predominant component of Tier 1 capital by adding a minimum common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio and requiring that goodwill, general intangibles and certain other items that currently must be deducted from Tier 1 capital instead be deducted from common equity as a component of Tier 1 capital. The Capital Proposals also leave open the possibility that the Basel Committee will recommend changes to the minimum Tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital ratios of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively.

 

14



 

Concurrently with the release of the Capital Proposals, the Basel Committee also released a set of proposals related to liquidity risk exposure (the “Liquidity Proposals,” and together with the Capital Proposals, the “2009 Basel Committee Proposals”). The Liquidity Proposals have three key elements, including the implementation of (i) a “liquidity coverage ratio” designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high quality assets sufficient to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario, (ii) a “net stable funding ratio” designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon, and (iii) a set of monitoring tools that the Basel Committee indicates should be considered as the minimum types of information that banks should report to supervisors and that supervisors should use in monitoring the liquidity risk profiles of supervised entities.

 

Final provisions to the Basel Committee’s proposal are expected to be implemented by December 31, 2012. Ultimate implementation of such proposals in the U.S. will be subject to the discretion of the U.S. bank regulators, and the regulations or guidelines adopted by such agencies may, of course, differ from the 2009 Basel Committee Proposals and other proposals that the Basel Committee may promulgate in the future.

 

Insolvency of an Insured Depository Institution

 

If the FDIC were appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution such as Central Pacific Bank, upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power:  (i) to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors; (ii) to enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms; or (iii) to repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution.

 

In addition, under federal law, the claims of holders of deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any debt obligations of Central Pacific Bank, the debt holders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the depository institution.

 

Legislative Initiatives

 

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations would have on our financial condition or results of operations. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us or any of our subsidiaries could have a material effect on our business.

 

15



 

In October 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. Under EESA, the Treasury was granted the authority to purchase mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions. In addition, the Treasury was also granted the authority to inject capital in financial institutions through the purchase of equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts under a program known as the TARP’s Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”). The primary purpose of the Treasury’s initiatives is to stabilize and provide liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

 

On February 10, 2009, Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner announced a new comprehensive financial stability plan (the “Financial Stability Plan”), which earmarked the second $350 billion of unused funds originally authorized under EESA. The major elements of the Financial Stability Plan included: (i) a capital assistance program that has invested in convertible preferred stock of certain qualifying institutions, (ii) a consumer and business lending initiative to fund new consumer loans, small business loans and commercial mortgage asset-backed securities issuances, (iii) a public-private investment fund intended to leverage public and private capital with public financing to purchase up to $500 billion to $1 trillion of legacy “toxic assets” from financial institutions, and (iv) assistance for homeowners by providing up to $75 billion to reduce mortgage payments and interest rates and establishing loan modification guidelines for government and private programs.

 

On February 17, 2009, President Barack Obama signed into law The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), more commonly known as the economic stimulus or economic recovery package. ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs. In addition, ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients that are in addition to those previously announced by the Treasury until the institution has repaid the Treasury, which is now permitted under ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency.

 

In June 2009, the Obama administration proposed a wide range of regulatory reforms that could potentially have significant effects on the financial services industry in the United States. Significant aspects of the Obama administration’s proposals included, among other things, proposals (i) that any financial firm whose combination of size, leverage and interconnectedness could pose a threat to financial stability (known as “Tier 1 FHCs”) be subject to certain enhanced regulatory requirements, (ii) that federal bank regulators require loan originators or sponsors to retain part of the credit risk of securitized exposures, (iii) that there be increased regulation of broker-dealers and investment advisers, (iv) for the creation of a federal consumer financial protection agency that would, among other things, be charged with applying consistent regulations to similar products (such as imposing certain notice and consent requirements on consumer overdraft lines of credit), (v) that there be comprehensive regulation of OTC derivatives, (vi) that the controls on the ability of banking institutions to engage in transactions with affiliates be tightened, and (vii) that financial holding companies be required to be “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” on a consolidated basis.

 

On October 22, 2009, the FRB issued a comprehensive proposal on incentive compensation policies (the “Incentive Compensation Proposal”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Incentive Compensation Proposal, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. The Incentive Compensation Proposal also contemplates a detailed review by the FRB of the incentive compensation policies and practices of a number of “large, complex banking organizations.” Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The Incentive Compensation Proposal provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.  In addition, on January 12, 2010, the FDIC announced that it would seek public comment on whether banks with compensation plans that encourage risky behavior should be charged at higher deposit assessment rates than such banks would otherwise be charged. The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the near future. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect our and our subsidiaries’ ability to hire, retain and motivate key employees.

 

16



 

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act resulted in sweeping changes in the regulation of financial institutions aimed at strengthening the sound operation of the financial services sector. The Dodd-Frank Act includes the following provisions that, among other things:

 

·                  Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, responsible for implementing, examining and, for large financial institutions, enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws. At the federal level, the FDIC will continue to examine us for compliance with such laws.

 

·                  Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital, eliminate the ceiling on the size of the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) and increase the floor of the size of the DIF.

 

·                  Apply the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies.

 

·                  Require the FDIC and FRB to seek to make their respective capital requirements for state nonmember banks and bank holding companies countercyclical so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.

 

·                  Implement corporate governance revisions, including with regard to executive compensation and proxy access by shareholders, that apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions.

 

·                  Make permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increase the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000 and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance until December 31, 2012 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions.

 

·                  Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

 

·                  Increase the authority of the Federal Reserve to examine us and any of our non-bank subsidiaries.

 

·                  Authorize the FDIC to assess the cost of examinations (the FDIC does not currently assess fees for examining Central Pacific Bank).

 

Some of these provisions may have the consequence of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, and changing the activities in which we choose to engage. The environment in which banking organizations will now operate, including legislative and regulatory changes affecting capital, liquidity, supervision, permissible activities, corporate governance and compensation, changes in fiscal policy and steps to eliminate government support for banking organizations, may have long-term effects on the business model and profitability of banking organizations that cannot now be foreseen. Provisions in the legislation that revoke the Tier 1 capital treatment of trust preferred securities do not apply to our debt and equity instruments issued before May 19, 2010, as we are grandfathered under an exception for depositary institution holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009. The specific impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our current activities or new financial activities we may consider in the future, our financial performance and the markets in which we operate will depend on the manner in which the relevant agencies develop and implement the required rules and the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on us, our customers or the financial industry more generally.

 

17



 

The U.S. Congress, state lawmaking bodies and federal and state regulatory agencies continue to consider a number of wide-ranging and comprehensive proposals for altering the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions, including rules and regulations related to the broad range of reform proposals set forth by the Obama administration described above.

 

Although the EESA, TARP and ARRA have helped to stabilize the financial markets, it is not clear at this time what the long-term impact of these initiatives will be. Furthermore, other liquidity and funding initiatives of the FRB and other agencies that have been previously announced, and any additional programs that may be initiated in the future may have a significant impact on the financial markets, the U.S. banking and financial industries, the broader U.S. and global economies, and more importantly, the local economies in the markets that we serve.

 

Dividends

 

We are incorporated in Hawaii and are governed by Hawaii law. As a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is affected by the ability of our bank subsidiary to pay dividends to us. Under Hawaii law, the ability of our subsidiary bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions to us is subject to the Hawaii state law that prohibits a state-chartered bank from declaring or paying dividends greater than its retained earnings. As of December 31, 2010, the bank had an accumulated deficit of $483.9 million. In addition, federal law generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized.

 

As a result of the FRB Agreement and the terms of our trust preferred securities and the TARP Preferred Stock, dividend payments require approval by our regulators and the Treasury and are restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities and TARP Preferred Stock are brought current. Assuming the completion of the Private Placement, we will seek regulatory approval to pay all deferred payments under our trust preferred securities. In addition, the TARP Preferred Stock and all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon will be exchanged into common stock assuming the completion of the TARP Exchange. However, under our exchange agreement with the Treasury, any dividend payments will continue to require the approval of the Treasury until the earlier of January 9, 2012 and such time as the Treasury ceases to own any of our or our affiliates’ securities. See “Part II, Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities – Dividends” for a further discussion of our dividends.

 

Deposit Insurance

 

Substantially all of the deposits of our bank subsidiary are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF.

 

Pursuant to EESA, the maximum deposit insurance amount has been increased from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. EESA, as amended by the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009, provides that the basic deposit insurance limit will return to $100,000 after December 31, 2013. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, the FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the DIF annually at between 1.15% and 1.50% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semi-annual basis. The FDIC also implemented the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) which insured all deposits held in non-interest bearing transactional accounts regardless of amount for a fee. The TLGP applied to all U.S. depository institutions insured by the FDIC and all U.S. bank holding companies, unless they have opted out of the TLGP or the FDIC has terminated their participation. The bank chose to participate in the FDIC’s TLGP, however, this program expired on December 31, 2010.

 

18



 

All FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, or FICO, an agency of the Federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the DIF. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017.

 

On November 17, 2009, the FDIC imposed a prepayment requirement on most insured depository organizations, requiring that the organizations prepay estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for each calendar quarter for calendar years 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC stated that the prepayment requirement was a result of a negative balance in the DIF. The bank did not make this prepayment as the FDIC did not require it to do so. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011; however, as further discussed below, the FDIC has elected to forego this increase under a new DIF restoration plan adopted in October 2010.

 

In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the new restoration plan, the FDIC will forego the uniform three-basis point increase in initial assessment rates scheduled to take place on January 1, 2011 and maintain the current schedule of assessment rates for all depository institutions. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the fund and, if needed, will increase or decrease assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking if required.

 

In November 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that provide for temporary unlimited coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. The separate coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and terminates on December 31, 2012.

 

Depositor Preference

 

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

The CRA requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the CRA and are assigned ratings. Furthermore, banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when considering approval of a proposed transaction.

 

Financial Privacy

 

In accordance with the GLB Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public personal information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require notices and disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and in some circumstances allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

 

19



 

Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA Patriot Act

 

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The Treasury has issued a number of regulations that apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions such as our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

 

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

 

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in or providing investment-related advice or assistance to a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC or authorization from the Treasury. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2010, we employed 921 persons, 838 on a full-time basis and 83 on a part-time basis. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement.

 

Protection of Net Operating Losses

 

We have generated considerable tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards and federal and state tax credits. Our use of the tax benefits in the future would be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative increase in the Company’s ownership by “5-percent shareholders” (as defined under U.S. income tax laws) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.

 

On November 23, 2010, our board declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights (“Rights”) in respect of our common stock which were issued pursuant to a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010 (the “Tax Benefits Preservation Plan”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as rights agent. Each Right represents the right to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions in the Plan, 1/10,000th of a share of our Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, no par value, for $6.00, subject to adjustment. The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan is designed to reduce the likelihood that the Company will experience an ownership change by discouraging any person from becoming a beneficial owner of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”). There is no guarantee, however, that the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan will prevent the Company from experiencing an ownership change. Adoption of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan was required by our agreements with the Lead Investors.

 

20



 

To further protect our tax benefits, on January 26, 2011, our board approved a proposed amendment to our restated articles of incorporation to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or to cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase (the “Protective Charter Amendment”). At our annual meeting of shareholders on April 27, 2011, we intend to propose the amendment for shareholder approval. The Protective Charter Amendment also does not guarantee that we will not experience an ownership change.

 

Available Information

 

Our internet website can be found at www.centralpacificbank.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports can be found on our internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Copies of the Company’s filings with the SEC may also be obtained directly from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. These documents may also be obtained in print upon request by our shareholders to our Investor Relations Department.

 

Also posted on our website and available in print upon request of any shareholder to our Investor Relations Department, are the charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. Within the time period required by the SEC and NYSE, we will post on our website any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver applicable to our senior financial officers, as defined by the SEC, and our executive officers or directors. In addition, our website includes information concerning purchases and sales of our equity securities by our executive officers and directors, as well as disclosure relating to certain non-GAAP financial measures (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation G) that we may make public orally, telephonically, by webcast, by broadcast or by similar means from time to time.

 

ITEM 1A.       RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report.

 

The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. If any one or a combination of these risks occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

 

If any of the following risks actually occurs, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risk Factors That May Affect Our Business

 

We must raise substantial additional capital in a short period of time in order to remain in business.

 

Although we have entered into various agreements with respect to the proposed recapitalization of the Company, the Company has not been in compliance with the Consent Order nor its capital directive since March 2010. The financial condition of the bank and the Company has deteriorated significantly since that time and on December 31, 2010, the Company’s shareholders’ equity totaled only $66.1 million and the Company’s net tangible equity per common share and book value per common share were negative. It is essential that we close the Private Placement (or another similar financing) in a short period of time. If we fail to do so, it is possible that our capital would continue to deteriorate and we would suffer additional regulatory actions, including a potential federal conservatorship or receivership for the bank, or a requirement that we sell or transfer our assets or take other action which would likely result in a complete loss of the value of CPF’s ownership interest in the bank and a complete loss of the value of the shares held by our shareholders. More information with respect to the status of the recapitalization and the terms and provisions of the agreements entered into in connection therewith is contained in the “Business – General” section of this filing.

 

21



 

We are subject to a number of requirements and prohibitions under regulatory orders imposed on us and we cannot assure you whether or when such orders will be lifted.

 

The bank has been subject to the Consent Order since December 9, 2009, which requires it to improve its capital position, asset quality, liquidity and management oversight, among other matters. The bank was required to increase its Tier 1 capital to maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% and 12%, respectively, by March 31, 2010. In addition, the Consent Order requires the bank to, among other things, maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses at all times and systematically reduce the amount of commercial real estate loans, particularly land development and construction loans.

 

In addition, the Company is subject to the FRB Agreement with the FRBSF and DFI dated July 2, 2010, which supersedes in its entirety the Memorandum of Understanding that the Company entered into on April 1, 2009 with the FRBSF and DFI. Among other matters, the FRB Agreement provides that unless we receive the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we cannot: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from the bank; (iii) directly or through our non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of our stock. The FRB Agreement requires that the Board of Directors fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with the Consent Order. We were also required to submit to the FRBSF an acceptable capital plan and cash flow projection.

 

Besides the Consent Order and the FRB Agreement, we also expect to be subject to the MOU by the end of February 2011.

 

As of the date of this filing, we were not in compliance with a number of requirements of the Consent Order, including the leverage and total risk-based capital ratio requirements of 10.0% and 12.0%, respectively. Although we expect to be in compliance with these capital ratio requirements assuming the completion of the Private Placement, the Private Placement remains subject to certain closing conditions, including receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and other customary conditions. We must raise the additional capital contemplated by the Private Placement in a short period of time in order to remain in business. In addition, we will not be in compliance with a number of other requirements in the Consent Order even assuming the Private Placement is completed.

 

Completion of the Private Placement is subject to various closing conditions which may not be satisfied.

 

Completion of the Private Placement is subject to various conditions, certain of which are outside of our control, and may not be satisfied. The remaining closing conditions to the Private Placement include receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. We cannot assure you that all conditions will be satisfied timely or at all. If we fail to consummate the Private Placement, we may not be able to continue as a going concern, we may file for bankruptcy and the bank may be placed into FDIC receivership.

 

22



 

We have incurred significant losses and cannot assure you that we will be profitable in the near term or at all.

 

We have incurred significant losses over the past few years, including net losses of $251.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, $313.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $138.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to credit costs, including a significant provision for loan and lease losses. Although we have taken a number of steps to reduce our credit exposure, at December 31, 2010, we still had $302.8 million in nonperforming assets and it is possible that we will continue to incur elevated credit costs over the near term, which would adversely impact our overall financial performance and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will return to profitability in the near term or at all even if we complete our recapitalization.

 

If the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange are completed, our existing shareholders’ interests will be substantially diluted and the market price of our common stock may decrease to a level at or below the purchase price in the Private Placement.

 

As described above, we expect to complete the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange, assuming the satisfaction of the remaining conditions. Because a large number of common shares is contemplated to be issued in the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange at a price that is significantly less than the recent trading price of our common shares, the ownership interest of existing shareholders and our earnings per share will be substantially diluted and the market price of our common stock may decrease to a level at or below the purchase price in the Private Placement.

 

Assuming the completion of the Private Placement and TARP Exchange, subsequent resales of our common shares in the public market may cause the market price of our common shares to fall.

 

We plan to issue a large number of common shares to the investors in the Private Placement and to the Treasury in the TARP Exchange. Carlyle and Anchorage will have certain registration rights with respect to the common shares held by them following a one-year lock-up period provided in their respective investment agreements. The other investors will have certain registration rights with respect to the common shares purchased by them in the Private Placement until six months following the completion of the Private Placement. In addition, in connection with the planned TARP Exchange, we will provide the Treasury with certain registration rights with respect to the common shares issued to the Treasury in the TARP Exchange. The registration rights for Carlyle and Anchorage will allow them to sell their common shares without compliance with the volume and manner of sale limitations under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and the registration rights for the other investors allow them to sell their common shares before their holding period under Rule 144 expires. The market value of our common shares could decline as a result of sales by the investors from time to time of a substantial amount of the common shares held by them.

 

We may suffer substantial losses due to our agreements to indemnify investors in the Private Placement against a broad range of potential claims.

 

In our agreements with the investors in the Private Placement, we agreed to indemnify the investors for a broad range of claims, including losses resulting from the inaccuracy or breach of representations or warranties made by us in such agreements and the breach by us to perform our covenants contained in such agreements, even if the Private Placement is not completed. While these indemnities are subject to various limitations, if claims were successfully brought against us, it could potentially result in significant losses for the Company.

 

Assuming the completion of the Private Placement, Carlyle and Anchorage will become substantial holders of our common shares.

 

Assuming the completion of the Private Placement, Carlyle and Anchorage will each become holders of approximately 24% of our outstanding common shares and each will have a representative and an observer on our and the bank’s Board of Directors. Although Carlyle and Anchorage each entered into certain passivity agreements with the FRB in connection with their proposed investments in us, Carlyle and Anchorage each will have substantial influence over our corporate policy and business strategy. In addition, Carlyle and Anchorage will each have pre-emptive rights to maintain their percentage ownership of our common shares in the event of certain issuances of securities by us. In pursuing their economic interests, Carlyle and Anchorage may have interests that are different from the interests of our other shareholders.

 

23



 

Even if the Private Placement is completed, the proceeds received may not be sufficient to satisfy our capital and liquidity needs in the future or to satisfy changing regulatory requirements, and we may need to raise additional capital.

 

Assuming the Private Placement is completed, the proceeds will be used to strengthen our capital base as required by the Consent Order. As mentioned above, our capital ratios are expected to exceed the levels required by the Consent Order upon completion of the Private Placement and is expected to be at “well-capitalized” levels for regulatory purposes. However, despite the anticipated increase in our capital base, if economic conditions continue to be difficult or worsen or fail to improve in a timely manner, or if our operations or financial condition continues to deteriorate or fails to improve, particularly in the residential and commercial real estate markets where our business is located, we may need to raise additional capital. Factors affecting whether we would need to raise additional capital include, among others, additional provisions for loan and lease losses and loan charge-offs, changing requirements of regulators and other risks discussed in this “Risk Factors” section. If we had to raise additional capital, there can be no assurance that we would be able to do so in the amounts required and in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, any additional capital raised may be significantly dilutive to our existing shareholders and may result in the issuance of securities that have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to our common shares.

 

There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We are subject to the Consent Order and FRB Agreement which impose a number of requirements as described above and will be subject to the MOU by the end of February 2011. Although we expect to be in compliance with the capital ratio requirements of the Consent Order assuming the completion of the Private Placement, the Private Placement remains subject to certain closing conditions, including receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and other customary conditions. Furthermore, even if we do successfully complete the Private Placement, there is no assurance that the proceeds received from the Private Placement will be sufficient to satisfy our future capital and liquidity needs as described above. In addition, we will not be in compliance with a number of other requirements in the Consent Order even assuming the Private Placement is completed. Accordingly, the potential uncertainty that exists as to our ability to meet existing or future regulatory requirements raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our audited financial statements were prepared under the assumption that we will continue our operations on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a going concern, our shareholders will lose some or all of their investment in the Company.

 

In addition, our customers, employees, vendors, correspondent institutions, and others with whom we do business may react negatively to the substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. This negative reaction may lead to heightened concerns regarding our financial condition that could result in a significant loss in deposits and customer relationships, key employees, vendor relationships and our ability to do business with correspondent institutions upon which we rely.

 

24



 

CPF has limited cash resources.

 

As of December 31, 2010, on a stand alone basis, CPF had approximately $6.0 million of cash available to meet its ongoing obligations. Assuming CPF is able to control its operating expenditures within normal levels, it continues to defer payments on its trust preferred securities and dividends on its TARP Preferred Stock, and there are no unanticipated cash requirements, we believe CPF would be able to meet its normally expected expense obligations through the first half of 2011. Assuming the Private Placement is completed, CPF will retain a portion of the proceeds to fund its ongoing obligations. However, if we do not timely complete the Private Placement and TARP Exchange, CPF will require additional funds in order to continue meeting its financial obligations past the first half of 2011. While we expect the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange to be completed in February 2011, there is no assurance that we will be able to satisfy all of the remaining closing conditions in the investment agreements and the exchange agreement timely. Sources of funds that may be available to CPF include the sale of equity securities or borrowing. Given the Company’s efforts to obtain additional capital, in the short term, the sale of equity securities other than through a recapitalization may not be practical. It is unclear whether CPF may be able to borrow funds from third parties without credit support from the bank, which may not be available. CPF cannot incur additional indebtedness without the advance approval of the FRBSF and DFI. If CPF is not able to raise additional capital to meet its cash needs, management will seek approval from its regulators to obtain temporary financial support from the bank. No agreement as to any such support has yet been obtained. Accordingly, there are no assurances that CPF will be able to obtain funding from the issuance of equity or debt to allow it to continue to meet its financial obligations when its current available cash is depleted. If CPF cannot obtain funds to meet its obligations, it would be required to curtail its operations, including its efforts to obtain additional capital, and may have to consider liquidation, a sale of the bank, or other actions to deal with its obligations. If this were to occur, it is likely that the shareholders of CPF would suffer a loss of their entire investment in the Company.

 

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited or restricted.

 

We have generated significant net operating losses (“NOLs”) as a result of our recent losses. We generally are able to carry NOLs forward to reduce taxable income in future years. However, our ability to utilize the NOLs is subject to the rules of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Section 382 generally restricts the use of NOLs after an “ownership change.” An ownership change occurs if, among other things, the shareholders (or specified groups of shareholders) who own or have owned, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of a corporation’s common stock or are otherwise treated as 5% shareholders under Section 382 and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder increase their aggregate percentage ownership of that corporation’s stock by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of the stock owned by these shareholders over a three-year rolling period. In the event of an ownership change, Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of taxable income a corporation may offset with NOL carryforwards. This annual limitation is generally equal to the product of the value of the corporation’s stock on the date of the ownership, multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate published monthly by the Internal Revenue Service. Any unused annual limitation may be carried over to later years until the applicable expiration date for the respective NOL carryforwards.

 

We do not anticipate that our planned recapitalization, including the Private Placement, the TARP Exchange or the rights offering will cause an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382. In addition, in order to reduce the likelihood that future transactions in our common shares will result in an ownership change, on November 23, 2010, we adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, which provides an economic disincentive for any person or group to become an owner, for relevant tax purposes, of 4.99% or more of our common shares. To further protect our tax benefits, on January 26, 2011, our board approved the proposed Protective Charter Amendment which we intend to submit for shareholder approval at our annual meeting of shareholders on April 27, 2011. However, we cannot ensure that our ability to use our NOLs to offset income will not become limited in the future. As a result, we could pay taxes earlier and in larger amounts than would be the case if our NOLs were available to reduce our federal income taxes without restriction.

 

25



 

Because of our participation in the TARP and under the terms of our exchange agreement with the Treasury, we are subject to restrictions on compensation paid to our executives, which may make it difficult to attract and retain key members of management.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the TARP CPP, we adopted certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury owns any debt or equity securities acquired pursuant to TARP. These standards generally apply to our five most highly compensated senior executive officers, including our Executive Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, and/or certain of these restrictions also apply up to the next 20 most highly compensated senior executives. The standards include, among other things:

 

·                  ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution;

 

·                  a required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive officer and the next twenty most highly compensated employees based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate financial performance metric criteria;

 

·                  a prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executive officers and the next five most highly compensated employees;

 

·                  an agreement not to deduct for tax purposes annual compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive officer; and

 

·                  limitations on bonuses and incentive compensation.

 

We depend on the services of existing management to carry out our business strategy and our recovery plan which we began implementing in March 2010 to improve our financial health and capital ratios. In addition, our success depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain other key employees, in particular, a Chief Executive Officer, which is currently an open position. See “—We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people” below. The loss of the services of any management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods and make it more difficult to attract suitable candidates to serve as executive officers.

 

We are also obligated to comply with any subsequent amendments to these restrictions for so long as we remain subject to such restrictions.

 

Our Hawaii and, to a lesser extent, California commercial real estate and construction loan operations have a considerable effect on our results of operations.

 

The performance of our Hawaii and California commercial real estate and construction loans depends on a number of factors, including improvement of the real estate market in which we operate. As we have seen in the Hawaii and California construction and commercial real estate markets since the latter part of 2007, the strength of the real estate market and the results of our operations could continue to be negatively affected by the economic downturn. While we are no longer originating new loans out of our Mainland operations, we still have a sizable California loan portfolio and the performance of that portfolio continues to be subject to market conditions in California.

 

Declines in the market for commercial property are causing commercial borrowers to suffer losses on their projects and they may be unable to repay their loans. Defaults of these loans or further deterioration in the credit worthiness of any of these borrowers would further negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Declines in housing prices and the supply of existing houses for sale are causing residential developers who are our borrowers to also suffer losses on their projects and encounter difficulty in repaying their loans. Since the third quarter of 2007, we have significantly increased our provision for loan and lease losses as a result of these challenging conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2010, our provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $159.5 million, compared to $348.8 million in 2009 and $171.7 million in 2008, while our percentage of nonperforming assets to total loans and leases, loans held for sale and other real estate was 13.18% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 15.85% in 2009 and 3.52% in 2008. Credit costs were elevated through 2010 and we cannot assure you that we will have an adequate provision for loan and lease losses to cover future losses. If we suffer greater losses than we are projecting, our recovery plan and the ability to improve our position will be materially adversely affected.

 

26



 

Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected our industry and continued economic slowdown in Hawaii or a worsening of current market conditions in general would result in additional adverse effects on us.

 

The U.S. economy entered into one of the longest economic recessions to have occurred since the Great Depression of the 1930’s in December 2007. During this time, the global and U.S. economies experienced a protracted slowdown in business activity as a result of disruptions in the financial system, including a lack of confidence in the worldwide credit markets. Dramatic declines in the housing market, along with decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs. Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other. The market turmoil and tightening of credit consequently led to increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. Financial institutions experienced decreased access to deposits and borrowings. The resultant economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the financial markets adversely affected our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

 

Although general economic trends and market conditions have since stabilized to some degree, a continued economic slowdown in Hawaii or a worsening of current market conditions in general would likely result in additional adverse effects on us, including: (i) loan delinquencies may continue to increase; (ii) problem assets and foreclosures may continue to increase leading to more loan charge-offs; (iii) demand for our products and services may decline; (iv) low cost or non-interest bearing deposits may continue to decrease; and (v) collateral for loans made by us, especially involving real estate, may continue to decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans.

 

A large number of our commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios both in Hawaii and on the mainland contributed to substantial credit losses and has significantly weakened our financial condition. Our previous focus on these higher yielding assets allowed us to realize greater returns in years when the economy was performing well. However, because there are inherent risks associated with this type of lending, our credit risk profile was significantly higher than other financial institutions with more balanced asset mixes. As a result, our high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans, combined with the aforementioned deterioration in these sectors caused by the economic downturn, had and may continue to have a significantly more adverse impact on our operating results than many other banks across the nation. Although we have taken a number of steps to reduce our credit risk exposure over the past several quarters, we still had $302.8 million in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2010. If our borrowers continue to experience financial difficulty, or if property values securing our real estate loans decline further, we will continue to incur elevated credit costs due to the composition of our loan portfolio even if market conditions stabilize or improve.

 

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Additional loan losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than we have experienced to date.

 

As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our loan customers may not repay their loans according to their terms and that the collateral or guarantees securing these loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. During the year ended December 31, 2010, our provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $159.5 million, compared to $348.8 million in 2009 and $171.7 million in 2008. Our current allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses. We may experience significant loan losses that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Management, makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, which are regularly reevaluated and are based in part on:

 

27



 

·                  current economic conditions and their estimated effects on specific borrowers;

 

·                  an evaluation of the existing relationships among loans, potential loan losses and the present level of the allowance for loan and lease losses;

 

·                  results of examinations of our loan portfolios by regulatory agencies; and

 

·                  management’s internal review of the loan portfolio.

 

In determining the size of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions, as well as the requirements of the Consent Order and other regulator input. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient. Because of the uncertainty in the economy, volatility in the credit and real estate markets, including specifically, the deterioration in the Hawaii and California real estate markets and our high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans, we made significant adjustments to our allowance for loan and lease losses in 2008, 2009 and 2010 and may need to make additional adjustments in the future. In addition, third parties, including our federal and state regulators, periodically evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses and may communicate with us concerning the methodology or judgments that we have raised in determining the allowance for loan and lease losses. As a result of this input, we may be required to assign different grades to specific credits, increase our provision for loan and lease losses, and/or recognize further loan charge-offs. Specifically, the Consent Order requires the bank to maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses at all times. To ensure that we maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses at all times in accordance with the Consent Order, we may be required to record additional adjustments based on information available to our regulators at the time of their examinations.

 

Our ability to maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity and required capital levels may be negatively impacted by the current economic environment which may, among other things, impact our ability to satisfy our obligations.

 

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of investments or loans, and other sources would have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include concerns regarding the continued deterioration in our financial condition, our ability to continue as a going concern, increased regulatory actions against us and a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans or deposits are concentrated. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the credit markets.

 

The management of liquidity risk is critical to the management of our business and our ability to service our customer base. In managing our balance sheet, our primary source of funding is customer deposits. Our ability to continue to attract these deposits and other funding sources is subject to variability based upon a number of factors including volume and volatility in the securities’ markets, our financial condition, our credit rating and the relative interest rates that we are prepared to pay for these liabilities. The availability and level of deposits and other funding sources is highly dependent upon the perception of the liquidity and creditworthiness of the financial institution, which perception can change quickly in response to market conditions or circumstances unique to a particular company. Concerns about our past and future financial condition, our ability to continue as a going concern or concerns about our credit exposure to other persons could adversely impact our sources of liquidity, financial position, including regulatory capital ratios, results of operations and our business prospects.

 

28



 

If the level of deposits were to materially decrease, we would have to raise additional funds by increasing the interest that we pay on certificates of deposits or other depository accounts, seek other debt or equity financing or draw upon our available lines of credit. We rely on commercial and retail deposits, and to a lesser extent, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve discount window, to fund our operations. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future if, among other things, our results of operations or financial condition or the results of operations or financial condition of the FHLB or market conditions were to change.

 

Our line of credit with the FHLB serves as our primary outside source of liquidity. By virtue of the Consent Order, the bank is in default under its arrangement with the FHLB. Although the bank has not received any notice, the FHLB has the right to call all outstanding borrowings under this arrangement and is not obligated to make future advances. Our maximum borrowing term is limited to two years. The Federal Reserve discount window also serves as an additional outside source of liquidity. Borrowings under this arrangement are through the Federal Reserve’s secondary facility and are subject to providing additional information regarding the financial condition of the bank and reasons for the borrowing. The duration of borrowings from the Federal Reserve discount window are generally for a very short period, usually overnight. In the event that these outside sources of liquidity become unavailable to us, we will need to seek additional sources of liquidity, including selling assets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to sell assets at a level to allow us to repay borrowings or meet our liquidity needs.

 

In February 2009, our collateral arrangement with the FHLB converted from a blanket pledge arrangement to a physical possession arrangement whereby we are required to deliver certain original loan documents to the FHLB for the collateral securing our advances. In December 2010, the FHLB expanded the physical possession arrangement to require copies of all loan documents for the collateral securing advances. As a result, should the FHLB elect to call any of our outstanding borrowings, they would maintain possession of the collateral we pledged and could assume legal ownership of the assets in the event we are unable to meet our obligations.

 

We constantly monitor our activities with respect to liquidity and evaluate closely our utilization of our cash assets; however, there can be no assurance that our liquidity or the cost of funds to us may not be materially and adversely impacted as a result of economic, market, or operational considerations that we may not be able to control.

 

In addition, the bank’s ability to accept brokered deposits has been restricted, and the interest rates we may pay are constrained, both of which could impact our liquidity.

 

In addition to the Consent Order, the FRB Agreement and the MOU, governmental regulation and regulatory actions against us may further impair our operations or restrict our growth.

 

In addition to the requirements of the Consent Order, the FRB Agreement and the contemplated MOU, we are subject to significant governmental supervision and regulation. These regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not security holders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Statutes and regulations affecting our business may be changed at any time and the interpretation of these statutes and regulations by examining authorities may also change.

 

29



 

There can be no assurance that such changes to the statutes and regulations or to their interpretation will not adversely affect our business. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. In addition to governmental supervision and regulation, we are subject to changes in other federal and state laws, including changes in tax laws, which could materially affect the banking industry. We are subject to the rules and regulations of the FRBSF, FDIC and DFI and may be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau which was recently created pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act. If we fail to comply with federal and state bank regulations, the regulators may limit our activities or growth, impose fines on us or ultimately cease our operations. Banking laws and regulations change from time to time. Bank regulations can hinder our ability to compete with financial services companies that are not regulated in the same manner or are less regulated. Federal and state bank regulatory agencies regulate many aspects of our operations. These areas include:

 

·                  the capital that must be maintained;

 

·                  the kinds of activities that can be engaged in;

 

·                  the kinds and amounts of investments that can be made;

 

·                  the locations of offices;

 

·                  insurance of deposits and the premiums that we must pay for this insurance; and

 

·                  how much cash we must set aside as reserves for deposits.

 

In particular, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act provides for a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States. While the full effects of the legislation on us cannot yet be determined, it could result in higher compliance and other costs, reduced revenues and higher capital and liquidity requirements, among other things, which could adversely affect our business.

 

In addition, bank regulatory authorities have the authority to bring enforcement actions against banks and bank holding companies for unsafe or unsound practices in the conduct of their businesses or for violations of any law, rule or regulation, any condition imposed in writing by the appropriate bank regulatory agency or any written agreement with the authority. Possible enforcement actions against us could include a federal conservatorship or receivership for the bank, the issuance of additional orders that could be judicially enforced, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, the issuance of directives to enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, the termination of insurance of deposits, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders. See the sections captioned “Legislative Initiatives” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1. Business for further discussion of these regulations.

 

We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.

 

Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain key people. There are a limited number of qualified persons in Hawaii with the knowledge and experience required to successfully implement our recovery plan. The more senior the executive, the more difficult it is to locate suitable candidates in the local market. Accordingly, in many circumstances, it is necessary for us to recruit potential candidates from the mainland. At this time, new senior executives are required to be approved by our regulators. Suitable candidates for positions may decline to consider employment with the Company given its financial condition and the current regulatory environment, particularly since in some circumstances, this would require that the employee relocate from the mainland to Hawaii, where other employment opportunities in the banking industry may be limited. In addition, it may be difficult for us to offer compensation packages that would be sufficient to convince candidates that are acceptable to our regulators and meet our requirements to agree to become our employee and/or relocate. Our financial condition and the existing uncertainties may result in existing employees seeking positions at other companies where these issues are not present. The unexpected loss of services of other key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of a loss of their skills, knowledge of our market and years of industry experience. If we are not able to promptly recruit qualified personnel, which we require to conduct our operations, our business and our ability to successfully implement our recovery plan could be adversely affected.

 

30



 

Currently, we are operating without a named Chief Executive Officer and Chief Credit Officer and are unable to determine when, or if, we will be able to fill these positions. Mr. Dean is currently serving as the acting Chief Executive Officer and Chief Credit Officer for the Company.

 

The recent turnover in key positions in our finance and credit departments could increase the risk that our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

 

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accurately accumulated by management, and recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met and depend on the sufficiency of the personnel involved in those functions. There has been recent turnover in key positions in our finance and credit departments as part of the implementation of our recovery plan. As further discussed in “Part I, Item 1. Business,” we have also experienced significant turnover on our executive management team during fiscal 2010, including the appointments of a new Executive Chairman of the Board in June 2010 and a new Chief Financial Officer in August 2010. Also, as referred to above, we are currently operating without a named Chief Credit Officer. The recent changes to our executive management team, combined with the turnover within our finance and credit departments, could increase the risk that our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

 

A large percentage of our real estate loans are construction loans which involve the additional risk that a project may not be completed, increasing the risk of loss.

 

Approximately 17% of our real estate loan portfolio as of December 31, 2010 was comprised of construction loans. Seventy-three percent of these construction loans were in Hawaii while 27% were located on the mainland. Many of our construction loans are reliant upon sponsors and/or guarantors for additional support. Repayment of construction loans is dependent upon the successful completion of the construction project, on time and within budget, and the successful sale of a completed project or the conversion of the construction loan into a term loan. If a borrower is unable to complete a construction project or if the marketability or value of the completed development is impaired, proceeds from the sale of the subject property may be insufficient to repay the loan.

 

In recent periods, our construction loan portfolio has been significantly impacted by an increase in loan delinquencies and defaults, as well as declining collateral values resulting from the downturn in the commercial real estate markets in Hawaii and California and the significant negative impact this had on our borrowers, guarantors, and many of the projects securing our construction loans. Even if economic conditions stabilize or improve, our construction loan portfolio may continue to experience material credit losses due to our high concentration of loans with exposure to this sector, combined with the continuing uncertainty surrounding many of the projects securing our existing construction loans and the diminished capacity of many of our construction borrowers and guarantors.

 

A large percentage of our loans are collateralized by real estate and continued deterioration in the real estate market may result in additional losses and adversely affect our financial results.

 

Our results of operations have been, and in future periods, will continue to be significantly impacted by the economy in Hawaii, and to a lesser extent, other markets we are exposed to, including California.

 

31



 

Approximately 84% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2010 was comprised of loans primarily collateralized by real estate, with the majority of these loans concentrated in Hawaii.

 

Deterioration of the economic environment in Hawaii, California or other markets we are exposed to, including a continued decline or worsening declines in the real estate market and single-family home resales or a material external shock, may significantly impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. In the event of a default with respect to any of these loans, amounts received upon sale of the collateral may be insufficient to recover outstanding principal and interest on the loan. Over the past three years, material declines in the value of the real estate assets securing many of our commercial real estate loans has led to significant credit losses in this portfolio. As a result of our particularly high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans, the risk within our portfolio is higher than many financial institutions and, as a result, our portfolio had been and remains particularly susceptible to significant credit losses during economic downturns and adverse changes in the real estate market. Because of our high concentration of loans secured by real estate (the majority of which were originated several years ago), it is possible that we will continue to experience elevated levels of credit losses and higher Provisions even if the overall real estate market stabilizes or improves due to the continuing uncertainty surrounding many of the specific real estate assets securing our loans and the weakened financial condition of many of our commercial real estate borrowers and guarantors.

 

The FHLB has entered into a consent order with the Federal Housing Finance Agency. If our investment in the FHLB is classified as other-than-temporarily impaired or as permanently impaired, our earnings and stockholder’s equity could decrease.

 

We own stock in the FHLB. We hold this stock to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the FHLB’s advance program. The aggregate cost and fair value of our FHLB stock was $48.8 million as of December 31, 2010.

 

On October 25, 2010, the FHLB entered into a consent order with the Federal Housing Finance Agency (the “FHFA”), which requires the FHLB to take certain specified actions related to its business and operations. Following the filing of the FHLB’s second quarter 2011 quarterly report on Form 10-Q with the SEC, and once the FHLB reaches and maintains certain thresholds, the bank may begin repurchasing member capital stock at par. Further, the FHLB may again be in position to redeem certain capital stock from members and begin paying dividends once the FHLB:

 

·                  achieves and maintains certain other financial and operational metrics;

 

·                  remediates certain concerns regarding its oversight and management, asset improvement program, capital adequacy and retained earnings, risk management, compensation practices, examination findings, and information technology; and

 

·                  returns to a “safe and sound” condition as determined by the FHFA.

 

Any stock repurchases, redemptions and dividend payments will be subject to FHFA approval. There continues to be a risk that the FHLB may not be permitted to redeem capital stock from members and begin paying dividends in the future, and that our investment in FHLB stock could be impaired at some time in the future. If this occurs, our earnings and stockholders’ equity would be negatively impacted.

 

32



 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings.

 

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings and profitability depend significantly on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. If market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will work against us and our earnings may be negatively affected. In light of our current volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, our interest rate margin could be expected to increase during periods of rising interest rates and, conversely, to decline during periods of falling interest rates. We are unable to predict or control fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by many factors, including the following:

 

·                  inflation;

 

·                  recession;

 

·                  changes in unemployment;

 

·                  the money supply;

 

·                  international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets; and

 

·                  governmental actions.

 

Our asset/liability management strategy may not be able to control our risk from changes in market interest rates and it may not be able to prevent changes in interest rates from having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. From time to time, we may reposition our assets and liabilities to reduce our net interest income volatility.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area.

 

We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and community banks within the various markets we operate. Additionally, various out-of-state banks conduct significant business in the market areas in which we currently operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries.

 

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

·                  the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;

 

·                  the ability to expand our market position;

 

33



 

·                  the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

 

·                  the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to its competitors;

 

·                  customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

 

·                  industry and general economic trends.

 

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The soundness of our financial condition and our ability to continue as a going concern may also affect our competitiveness. Customers may decide not to do business with the bank due to its financial condition. In addition, we have and continue to face additional regulatory restrictions that our competitors may not be subject to, including reducing our commercial real estate loan portfolio, improving the overall risk profile of the Company and restrictions on the amount of interest we can pay on deposit accounts, which could adversely impact our ability to compete and attract and retain customers.

 

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our deposit customers may pursue alternatives to deposits at our bank or seek higher yielding deposits causing us to incur increased funding costs.

 

We are facing increasing deposit-pricing pressures. Checking and savings account balances and other forms of deposits can decrease when our deposit customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or other non-depository investments as providing superior expected returns or seek to spread their deposits over several banks to maximize FDIC insurance coverage. Furthermore, technology and other changes have made it more convenient for the bank’s customers to transfer funds into alternative investments including products offered by other financial institutions or non-bank service providers. Additional increases in short-term interest rates could increase transfers of deposits to higher yielding deposits. Efforts and initiatives we undertake to retain and increase deposits, including deposit pricing, can increase our costs. When the bank’s customers move money out of bank deposits in favor of alternative investments or into higher yielding deposits, or spread their accounts over several banks, we can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, thus increasing our funding costs. The bank’s financial condition compared to other top Hawaiian financial institutions, as well as our ability to continue as a going concern, may affect our customer’s decisions to keep their deposit accounts with us.

 

The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

The Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the net interest margin. It also can materially decrease the value of financial assets we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies also can adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve Board policies and our regulatory environment generally are beyond our control, and we are unable to predict what changes may occur or the manner in which any future changes may affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

34



 

Increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will decrease our future earnings.

 

In May of 2009, the FDIC announced that it had voted to levy a special assessment on insured institutions in order to facilitate the rebuilding of the DIF. The assessment, which was payable on September 30, 2009, is in addition to a planned increase in premiums and a change in the way regular premiums are assessed, which the FDIC previously approved. The cost of the special assessment was equal to five basis points of the bank’s total assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009 and resulted in a charge of approximately $2.5 million. On November 17, 2009, the FDIC issued new assessment regulations that require FDIC-insured institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009 their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012; however certain financial institutions, including the bank, were exempted from the new prepayment regulations and will continue to pay their risk-based assessments on a quarterly basis. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011, however in October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan pursuant to which the FDIC will forego the uniform three-basis point increase in initial assessment rates scheduled to take place on January 1, 2011 and maintain the current schedule of assessment rates for all depository institutions.

 

The recent assessment increases and special assessment discussed above, along with any future assessment increases and/or special assessments applicable to the bank, may continue to increase our expenses and adversely impact our earnings.

 

The recent repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense.

 

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. We do not yet know what interest rates other institutions may offer. Our interest expense will increase and our net interest margin will decrease if we have to offer higher rates of interest then we currently offer on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The value of certain securities in our investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by disruptions in the market for these securities.

 

The market for certain investment securities held within our investment portfolio was impacted by the economic downturn over the past three years. Coupled with uncertainty surrounding the credit risk associated with the underlying collateral, this has caused discrepancies in valuation estimates obtained from third parties. We value some of our investments using cash flow and valuation models which include certain subjective estimates that we believe reflect the estimates a purchaser of such securities would use if such a transaction were to occur. The volatile market may affect the value of these securities, such as through reduced valuations due to the perception of heightened credit and liquidity risks, in addition to interest rate risk typically associated with these securities. There can be no assurance that declines in market value associated with these disruptions will not result in impairment of these assets that may result in accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements and capital ratios.

 

35



 

Our business could be adversely affected by unfavorable actions from rating agencies.

 

Ratings assigned by ratings agencies to us, our affiliates or our securities may impact the decision of certain customers, in particular, institutions, to do business with us. A rating downgrade or a negative rating could adversely affect our deposits and our business relationships. On March 18, 2010, Fitch Ratings downgraded the long-term Issuer Default Rating of the Company and the bank to CC from CCC. On November 9, 2010, Fitch Ratings put the ratings of the Company and the bank on Rating Watch Evolving following the Company’s announcement of its $325 million capital raising initiative.

 

We rely on dividends from our subsidiaries for most of our revenue.

 

Because we are a holding company with no significant operations other than our bank, we depend upon dividends from our bank for a substantial portion of our revenues.

 

In addition to obtaining approval from the FDIC and DFI, Hawaii law only permits the bank to pay dividends out of retained earnings. Given that the bank had an accumulated deficit of $483.9 million at December 31, 2010, the bank is prohibited from paying any dividends until this deficit is eliminated. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that the bank will be permitted to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. Please see “— CPF has limited cash resources” above for risks on our holding company liquidity while CPF does not have access to dividends from the bank. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

 

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We continually encounter technological change.

 

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

36



 

We are subject to various legal claims and litigation.

 

From time to time, customers and others that we do business with make claims and take legal action against us for various business occurrences, including the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. Regardless of whether these claims and legal actions are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services, as well as impact customer demand for our products and services. Any financial liability or reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  Even if these claims and legal actions do not result in a financial liability or reputational damage, defending these claims and actions have resulted in, and will continue to result in, increased legal and professional services costs, which adds to our noninterest expense and negatively impacts our operating results.

 

Risk Factors Related to Our Common Stock

 

The market price of our common shares has declined significantly and is volatile.

 

The trading price of our common shares has declined significantly since February 2007 when our stock price traded above $800.00 per share (after giving effect to the 1-for-20 reverse stock split). The trading price of our common shares may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common shares. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

·                  failure to comply with all of the requirements of the Consent Order, the FRB Agreement and the contemplated MOU, and the possibility of resulting action by the regulators;

 

·                  the completion or the failure to complete the Private Placement;

 

·                  the per share purchase price in the Private Placement;

 

·                  further deterioration of asset quality;

 

·                  the incurrence of continuing losses;

 

·                  actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;

 

·                  changes in revenue or earnings/losses estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;

 

·                  failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings/losses estimates;

 

·                  speculation in the press or investment community;

 

·                  strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

·                  actions by institutional shareholders;

 

·                  additions or departures of key personnel;

 

·                  fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

 

·                  future sales of our common shares, including sales of our common shares in short sale transactions;

 

37



 

·                  general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

 

·                  proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

 

·                  anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect us; or

 

·                  domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.

 

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, have experienced significant volatility over the past few years. In addition, the trading volume in our common shares may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur. Accordingly, the common shares that you purchase may trade at a price lower than that at which they were purchased. Volatility in the market price of our common shares may prevent individual shareholders from being able to sell their shares when they want or at prices they find attractive.

 

A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for shareholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.

 

Our common shares are equity and therefore are subordinate to our subsidiaries’ indebtedness and preferred stock.

 

Our common shares are equity interests and do not constitute indebtedness. As such, common shares will rank junior to all current and future indebtedness and other non-equity claims on us with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against us, including in the event of our liquidation. We may, and the bank and our other subsidiaries may also, incur additional indebtedness from time to time and may increase our aggregate level of outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, we had $105.0 million in face amount of trust preferred securities outstanding and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon of $5.1 million. Additionally, holders of common shares are subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of any holders of our preferred stock that may be outstanding from time to time. Our Board of Directors is authorized to cause us to issue additional classes or series of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. If we issue preferred shares in the future that have a preference over our common shares with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, or if we issue preferred shares with voting rights that dilute the voting power of the common shares, then the rights of holders of our common shares or the market price of our common shares could be adversely affected.

 

There is a limited trading market for our common shares and as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you pay for them.

 

Although our common shares are listed for trading on the NYSE, the volume of trading in our common shares is lower than many other companies listed on the NYSE. A public trading market with depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the market of willing buyers and sellers of our common shares at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control.

 

Our common shares are not insured and you could lose the value of your entire investment.

 

An investment in our common shares is not a deposit and is not insured against loss by the government.

 

ITEM 1B.       UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

38



 

Certifications

 

We have filed the required certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Last year, we submitted to the NYSE on June 23, 2010 our annual CEO certification regarding the Company’s compliance with the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards required by NYSE Rule 303A.12. This year, we intend to submit to the NYSE our annual CEO certification within 30 days of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders, which is scheduled for April 27, 2011.

 

ITEM 2.          PROPERTIES

 

We hold title to the land and building in which our Main branch office and headquarters, Hilo branch office, Kailua-Kona branch office, Pearl City branch office and certain operations offices are located. We also hold title to portions of the land our Moiliili branch office and operations center are located. The remaining lands on which the Moiliili branch office and operations center are located are leased, as are all remaining branch and support office facilities. We also own four floors of a commercial office condominium in downtown Honolulu where certain administrative and support operations are located.

 

We occupy or hold leases for approximately 40 other properties including office space for our remaining branches and residential mortgage lending subsidiary. These leases expire on various dates through 2038 and generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from five to 15 years. For additional information relating to lease rental expense and commitments as of December 31, 2010, see Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

ITEM 3.          LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Certain claims and lawsuits have been filed or are pending against us arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, all such matters are of a nature that if disposed of unfavorably, would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

 

ITEM 4.          SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to our shareholders for a vote during the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

39


 


 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “CPF.” Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s common stock, based on the market price of the common stock and assuming reinvestment of dividends, with the Russell 2000 Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Commercial Bank Index for the five year period commencing December 31, 2005 and ending December 31, 2010. The graph assumes the investment of $100 on December 31, 2005.

 

Indexed Total Annual Return

(as of December 31, 2010)

 

 

The following table sets forth information on the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock (adjusted for the 1-for-20 reverse stock split), as reported by the NYSE, for each full quarterly period within 2010 and 2009:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

45.40

 

$

20.80

 

$

204.40

 

$

70.00

 

Second quarter

 

77.60

 

30.00

 

199.40

 

73.60

 

Third quarter

 

36.40

 

26.00

 

78.20

 

35.00

 

Fourth quarter

 

31.80

 

23.20

 

54.00

 

15.80

 

 

As of January 26, 2011, there were 4,041 shareholders of record, excluding individuals and institutions for which shares were held in the names of nominees and brokerage firms.

 

40



 

Dividends

 

The holders of our common stock share proportionately, on a per share basis, in all dividends and other distributions declared by our Board of Directors. On January 28, 2009, CPF’s Board of Directors suspended the payment of cash dividends to preserve capital during these challenging economic times. Accordingly, no cash dividends were declared on our common shares in 2010 and 2009. Dividends by CPF require the approval of the FRB, DFI and Treasury. Dividends by the bank require the approval of the FDIC and DFI.

 

As a result of the FRB Agreement effective July 2, 2010 and due to the terms of our trust preferred securities and the TARP Preferred Stock, our ability to pay dividends with respect to common stock is subject to obtaining approval from the FRBSF, DFI and Treasury and is restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities and TARP Preferred Stock are brought current. Assuming the completion of the Private Placement, we will seek regulatory approval to pay all deferred payments under our trust preferred securities.  In addition, the TARP Preferred Stock and all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon will be exchanged into common stock assuming the completion of the TARP Exchange.  Under our exchange agreement with the Treasury, any dividend payment will continue to require the approval of the Treasury until the earlier of January 9, 2012 and such time as the Treasury ceases to own any of our or our affiliates’ securities. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends depends on our ability to obtain dividends from our bank. Central Pacific Bank, in addition to obtaining approval from the FDIC and DFI, is not permitted under Hawaii law to pay dividends except out of retained earnings. Given that the bank had an accumulated deficit of $483.9 million at December 31, 2010, the bank is prohibited from paying any dividends until this deficit is eliminated. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that the bank or the Company will be paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

See “Part I, Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Actions” for a discussion on regulatory restrictions. For additional information regarding our election to defer payments on our TARP Preferred Stock and trust preferred securities, see Notes 2 and 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Sale of Unregistered Securities

 

On January 9, 2009 (the “Closing Date”), CPF sold to the Treasury (1) 135,000 shares of TARP Preferred Stock, liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and (2) the TARP Warrant to purchase up to 79,288 shares (after giving effect to the reverse stock split) of the Company’s voting common stock, no par value, at an exercise price of $255.40 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $135.0 million in cash. The securities were sold in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Cumulative dividends on the TARP Preferred Stock accrue on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter, if, as and when declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The TARP Preferred Stock has no maturity date and ranks senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of Central Pacific Financial Corp. As part of our recapitalization, we expect to complete the TARP Exchange and convert the TARP Preferred Stock held by the Treasury and all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for shares of our common stock assuming the satisfaction of all closing conditions as described above under “Business – General”.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

There were no repurchases of the Company’s common stock during the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

Information relating to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance is set forth under “Part III, Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

 

41



 

ITEM 6.

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth selected financial information for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2010. This information is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes contained in “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Selected Financial Data

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Statement of Operation Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

160,754

 

 

$

242,237

 

 

$

303,952

 

 

$

349,877

 

 

$

320,381

 

 

Total interest expense

 

42,101

 

 

67,715

 

 

101,997

 

 

137,979

 

 

109,532

 

 

Net interest income

 

118,653

 

 

174,522

 

 

201,955

 

 

211,898

 

 

210,849

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

159,548

 

 

348,801

 

 

171,668

 

 

53,001

 

 

1,350

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses

 

(40,895

)

 

(174,279

)

 

30,287

 

 

158,897

 

 

209,499

 

 

Other operating income

 

57,036

 

 

57,413

 

 

54,808

 

 

45,804

 

 

43,156

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

102,689

 

 

50,000

 

 

94,279

 

 

48,000

 

 

-    

 

 

Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)

 

164,405

 

 

166,876

 

 

178,543

 

 

128,556

 

 

132,163

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(250,953

)

 

(333,742

)

 

(187,727

)

 

28,145

 

 

120,492

 

 

Income taxes (benefit)

 

-    

 

 

(19,995

)

 

(49,313

)

 

22,339

 

 

41,312

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

(250,953

)

 

(313,747

)

 

(138,414

)

 

5,806

 

 

79,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (Year-End):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

729,014

 

 

$

400,470

 

 

$

475

 

 

$

241

 

 

$

5,933

 

 

Investment securities (1)

 

705,345

 

 

924,359

 

 

751,297

 

 

881,254

 

 

898,358

 

 

Loans and leases

 

2,169,444

 

 

3,041,980

 

 

4,030,266

 

 

4,141,705

 

 

3,846,004

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

192,854

 

 

205,279

 

 

119,878

 

 

92,049

 

 

52,280

 

 

Goodwill

 

-    

 

 

102,689

 

 

152,689

 

 

244,702

 

 

298,996

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

44,639

 

 

45,390

 

 

39,783

 

 

39,972

 

 

43,538

 

 

Total assets

 

3,938,051

 

 

4,869,522

 

 

5,432,361

 

 

5,680,386

 

 

5,487,192

 

 

Core deposits (2)

 

2,796,144

 

 

2,951,119

 

 

2,805,347

 

 

2,833,317

 

 

2,860,926

 

 

Total deposits

 

3,132,947

 

 

3,568,916

 

 

3,911,566

 

 

4,002,719

 

 

3,844,483

 

 

Long-term debt

 

459,803

 

 

657,874

 

 

649,257

 

 

916,019

 

 

740,189

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

66,052

 

 

335,963

 

 

526,291

 

 

674,403

 

 

738,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(171.13

)

 

$

(220.56

)

 

$

(96.56

)

 

$

3.85

 

 

$

51.90

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

(171.13

)

 

(220.56

)

 

(96.56

)

 

3.82

 

 

51.37

 

 

Cash dividends declared

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

14.00

 

 

19.60

 

 

17.60

 

 

Book value

 

(42.18

)

 

136.50

 

 

366.34

 

 

469.04

 

 

480.73

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands)

 

1,516

 

 

1,459

 

 

1,433

 

 

1,520

 

 

1,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return (loss) on average assets

 

(5.74

)  %

 

(5.87

)  %

 

(2.45

)  %

 

0.10

  %

 

1.50

  %

 

Return (loss) on average shareholders’ equity

 

(140.73

)

 

(54.99

)

 

(23.07

)

 

0.77

 

 

11.16

 

 

Net income (loss) to average tangible shareholders’ equity

 

(193.24

)

 

(77.60

)

 

(37.00

)

 

1.35

 

 

21.01

 

 

Average shareholders’ equity to average assets

 

4.08

 

 

10.67

 

 

10.61

 

 

13.58

 

 

13.45

 

 

Efficiency ratio (3)

 

82.83

 

 

63.52

 

 

53.93

 

 

47.80

 

 

49.67

 

 

Net interest margin (4)

 

2.91

 

 

3.62

 

 

4.02

 

 

4.33

 

 

4.55

 

 

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

 

6.33

 

 

7.03

 

 

3.42

 

 

0.33

 

 

0.05

 

 

Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases and loans held for sale (5)

 

10.96

 

 

15.13

 

 

3.26

 

 

1.48

 

 

0.23

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases

 

8.89

 

 

6.75

 

 

2.97

 

 

2.22

 

 

1.36

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans (5)

 

78.62

 

 

43.41

 

 

90.43

 

 

149.57

 

 

583.61

 

 

Dividend payout ratio

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

515.79

 

 

33.85

 

 

_________________________________________________

(1)  Held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost, available-for-sale securities at fair value.

(2)  Noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, and time deposits under $100,000.

(3)  Efficiency ratio is derived by dividing other operating expense excluding amortization, impairment and write-down of intangible assets, goodwill, loans held for sale and foreclosed property, loss on early extinguishment of debt, loss on investment transaction and loss on sale of commercial real estate loans by net operating revenue (net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis plus other operating income before securities transactions). See Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Table 5. Reconciliation to Efficiency Ratio.

(4)  Computed on a taxable equivalent basis using an assumed income tax rate of 35%.

(5)  Nonaccrual loans include loans held for sale.

 

42



 

Five Year Performance Comparison

 

The significant items affecting the comparability of the five years’ performance include:

 

·                  Gain on sale of property of $7.7 million and $3.6 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively;

·                  Provision for loan and lease losses of $159.5 million, $348.8 million, $171.7 million and $53.0 million in 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively;

·                  Goodwill impairment charges of $102.7 million, $50.0 million, $94.3 million and $48.0 million in 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively;

·                  Write down of assets of $1.5 million, $5.0 million and $23.8 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively;

·                  Valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) of $178.8 million and $104.6 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively;

·                  Loss on early extinguishment of debt of $5.7 million in 2010;

·                  Mortgage servicing rights impairment charge of $3.4 million in 2008;

·                  Loss on counterparty financing agreement of $2.8 million in 2008;

·                  Gain on ineffective portion of derivative of $3.4 million and $2.1 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively;

·                  Tax contingency settlement benefits of $2.3 million in 2009, and a charge of $2.4 million in 2007;

·                  Income tax benefit of $2.0 million related to true up adjustments recognized in 2007;

·                  Stock option expense of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, $2.1 million, $2.9 million and $3.5 million recognized in 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively;

·                  Executive retirement expenses of $2.4 million and $2.1 million incurred in 2008 and 2006, respectively;

·                  Income tax charges of $1.2 million for income tax liability adjustments in 2006; and

 

43



 

ITEM 7.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Introduction

 

We are a bank holding company that, through our banking subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, offers full service commercial banking in the state of Hawaii.

 

Our products and services consist primarily of the following:

 

·                  Loans: Our loans consist of residential, commercial, commercial mortgage, and construction loans to small and medium-sized companies, business professionals and real estate developers. Our lending activities contribute to a key component of our revenues—interest income.

 

·                  Deposits: We strive to provide exceptional customer service and products that meet our customers’ needs, like our Free Plus Checking, as well as our Exceptional Checking & Savings and Super Savings accounts. We also maintain a broad branch and ATM network in the state of Hawaii. The interest paid on such deposits has a significant impact on our interest expense, an important factor in determining our earnings. In addition, fees and service charges on deposit accounts contribute to our revenues.

 

Additionally, we offer wealth management products and services, such as non-deposit investment products, annuities, insurance, investment management, asset custody and general consultation and planning services.

 

In this discussion, we have included statements that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. These statements relate to our future plans and objectives, among other things. By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the results indicated in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could, among others, cause our results to differ, possibly materially, from those indicated in the forward-looking statements are discussed above under “Part 1. Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that Could Affect Future Results” and “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors—Factors that May Affect our Business.”

 

Executive Overview

 

Fiscal 2010 was another challenging year in our Company’s history. Our high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans both in Hawaii and on the mainland contributed to substantial credit losses and has significantly weakened our financial condition. Our previous focus on these higher yielding assets allowed us to realize greater returns in years when the economy was performing well. However, because there are inherent risks associated with this type of lending, our credit risk profile was significantly higher than other financial institutions with more balanced asset mixes. As a result, the downturn in the national and local economies that started in the second half of 2007 and continued into 2010, and specifically the deterioration in the commercial real estate sector, had a significantly more adverse impact on our operating results than many other banks across the nation.

 

During 2010, we reported a net loss of $251 million, primarily due to continued high levels of non-performing assets requiring sizable loan loss provisions and a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $102.7 million related to the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit. Our land acquisition, development, construction, and commercial real estate portfolios have shown particular weakness. While the deterioration in our asset quality started with our mainland loan portfolio during the second half of 2007, our Hawaii portfolio has also suffered significant losses and credit weakness over the past two years.

 

44



 

Adding to our challenges were the FRB Agreement entered into with the FRBSF and DFI and the Consent Order with the FDIC and DFI, all of which resulted in additional regulatory supervision of our operations and financial condition.  In addition, we expect to be subject to the MOU by the end of February 2011.

 

In March 2010, we implemented a recovery plan designed to improve the Company’s financial health and capital ratios. See “—Capital Resources” below and Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information regarding the recovery plan.

 

During the past three months, we completed a number of key milestones as we pursued our previously announced plans to raise $325 million of new capital through the Private Placement. We entered into definitive agreements in November 2010 (which were later amended) with affiliates of each of The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) and Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C (“Anchorage” and, together with Carlyle, the “Lead Investors”) pursuant to which each lead investor agreed to invest approximately $98.6 million in our common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split). In December 2010, we entered into separate subscription agreements with additional investors, including certain of our directors and officers and their affiliates, pursuant to which the additional investors have agreed to invest an aggregate of approximately $127.8 million in our common stock, which together with the investments of the Lead Investors, would aggregate to the $325 million of new capital that we are seeking, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split). We expect to enter into additional subscription agreements and amendments to the investment agreements and certain existing subscription agreements to finalize allocations of the $325 million capital raise in anticipation of satisfying all closing conditions. As a result of these amendments and new subscription agreements, we expect that each lead investor will be investing approximately $94.6 million and the other investors will invest the remaining amount of approximately $135.8 million.

 

In December 2010, the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”) agreed to exchange our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “TARP Preferred Stock”) purchased by the Treasury under the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for approximately $55.8 million in our common stock (the “TARP Exchange”), subject to the execution of a definitive exchange agreement. The number of shares in the TARP Exchange will be based on the same per share purchase price as payable by the Lead Investors and the additional investors in the Private Placement. The Company and Treasury also agreed to amend the ten-year warrant to purchase shares of common stock (the “TARP Warrant”) issued to the Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s investment in the TARP Preferred Stock to, among other things, reduce the exercise price to the same per share purchase price in the Private Placement. The closings of the Private Placement and TARP Exchange are conditional upon one another, along with the receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. We expect to complete the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange in February 2011, assuming the satisfaction of all remaining conditions to closing. Assuming completion of the Private Placement, our regulatory capital ratios are expected to exceed the minimum levels required by the Consent Order.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business. We are subject to the Consent Order which imposes a number of requirements as described above. Although we expect to be in compliance with the capital ratio requirements of the Consent Order assuming the completion of the Private Placement, the Private Placement remains subject to certain closing conditions, including receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and other customary conditions.  Furthermore, even if we do successfully complete the Private Placement, there is no assurance that the proceeds received from the Private Placement will be sufficient to satisfy our future capital and liquidity needs as described above. In addition, we will not be in compliance with a number of other requirements in the Consent Order even assuming the Private Placement is completed. Accordingly, the uncertainty as to our ability to meet existing or future regulatory requirements raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans concerning these matters are discussed under “—Capital Resources” below and in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

45



 

Business Environment

 

The global and U.S. economies continue to stabilize following the economic downturn caused by disruptions in the financial system in 2008. Signs of stabilization of the financial markets and growth in the U.S. economy were partly attributable to various initiatives of the U.S. government. Initiatives such as the EESA and ARRA have thus far helped the financial markets and U.S. economy. Additionally, the FRB implemented a number of initiatives to provide stability and additional liquidity to the financial markets in 2008. These initiatives included providing additional liquidity to the asset-backed commercial paper and money markets and planned purchases of short-term debt obligations issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal Home Loan Banks. The FRB lowered the federal funds benchmark rate to a range of zero to 0.25% and the discount rate to 0.50% in December 2008 and kept these targets and rates at those levels until increasing the discount rate to 0.75% in February 2010.  In November 2010, the FRB announced an initiative, known as QE2, to purchase an additional $600 million of assets.

 

The majority of our operations are concentrated in the state of Hawaii, and to a lesser extent, in California and a few western states. Our business performance is significantly influenced by conditions in the banking industry, macro economic conditions and the real estate markets in Hawaii and California. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by expanding gross state product, low unemployment and rising personal income; while an unfavorable business environment is characterized by declining gross state product, high unemployment and declining personal income.

 

General economic conditions in Hawaii showed encouraging signs of improvement in 2010. Tourism remains Hawaii’s most significant economic driver and according to the Hawaii Tourism Authority (“HTA”), 7.0 million visitors visited the state in 2010. This was an increase of 7.7% from the number of visitor arrivals in 2009. The HTA also reported that total spending by air visitors increased to $11.5 billion in 2010, an increase of $1.5 billion, or 14.8%, from 2009. According to the Hawaii Department of Business Economic Development & Tourism (“DBEDT”), total visitor arrivals and visitor spending are expected to gain 4.1% and 8.4% in 2011, respectively. The Department of Labor and Industrial Relations reported that Hawaii’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate improved to 6.4% in December 2010, compared to 6.8% in December 2009. In addition, Hawaii’s unemployment rate remained below the national seasonally adjusted unemployment rate of 9.4%. DBEDT projects real personal income and real gross state product to grow by a modest 1.0% and 1.8%, respectively, in 2011.

 

Historically, real estate lending has been a primary focus for us, including construction, residential mortgage and commercial mortgage loans. As a result, we are dependent on the strength of Hawaii’s real estate market. According to the Honolulu Board of Realtors, Oahu unit sales volume increased 13.4% for single-family homes and 10.3% for condominiums in 2010 from 2009. The median sales price in 2010 for single-family homes on Oahu was $593,000 representing an increase of 3.1% from the prior year. The median sales price for condominiums on Oahu remained unchanged from 2009 at $305,000. Expectations from local real estate experts and economists are for the Hawaii real estate market to show improvement in 2011, however, there is no assurance that this will occur. As part of our plans to reduce our credit risk exposure, we have taken and will continue to take, steps to reduce certain aspects of our commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios.

 

Potential impediments to recovery in the Hawaii economy include projected budget shortfalls for the Hawaii state government in 2011. To address these shortfalls, the Hawaii state government may initiate additional layoffs, furloughs and program cuts, as they have in the past.

 

46



 

California recovered modestly in 2010 from the worst recession since the Great Depression. In 2010, personal income grew but these gains and many others like them paled in comparison to the losses incurred during the recession. The outlook for the California economy calls for moderate growth in 2011 followed by better, but subpar, growth in 2012, and another step toward normal growth rates in 2013. The California Association of Realtors (“CAR”) reported that for 2010 as a whole, unit home sales decreased by 9.5% from 2009, however, the statewide median price increased by 1.6% to $303,000, from the $275,000 recorded in 2009. CAR anticipates 2011 to be a transition year, moving further toward stabilization, and forecasts California’s annual sales and median sales price to increase 2% to 502,000 and $312,500, respectively. According to the California Department of Finance, average personal income is projected to have increased by 2.7% in 2010 from 2009 and projections for 2011 call for an increase of 3.8% from 2010. Labor markets within the state remained weak in 2010 as California’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate in December 2010 increased slightly to 12.5% from 12.3% in the prior year, and continues to be well above the national unemployment rate of 9.4%. California state government’s budget crisis is more severe than Hawaii’s. Having already issued IOUs once before to preserve cash, California’s government faces a $25.4 billion shortfall and is looking at further cuts in wages, furloughs and government programs. Although we are not making new loans in California, our existing loan portfolio continues to have significant exposure to its markets.

 

As we have seen over the past few years, our operating results are significantly impacted by the economy in Hawaii and California and the higher risk nature of our loan portfolio. Loan demand, deposit growth, provision for loan and lease losses, asset quality, noninterest income and noninterest expense are all affected by changes in economic conditions. If the residential and commercial real estate markets we have exposure to do not improve or continue to deteriorate, our results of operations would be negatively impacted. See “—Overview of Results of Operations—Concentrations of Credit Risk” for a further discussion on how the deteriorating real estate market, combined with the elevated concentration risk within our portfolio, has and will continue to have, a significant negative impact on our asset quality and credit losses.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires that management make certain judgments and use certain estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported and disclosures made. Accounting estimates are deemed critical when a different estimate could have reasonably been used or where changes in the estimate are reasonably likely to occur from period to period and would materially impact our consolidated financial statements as of or for the periods presented. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates noted below with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the accompanying disclosures.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. We maintain our Allowance at an amount we expect to be sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio based on a projection of probable net loan charge-offs.

 

For loans classified as impaired, an estimated impairment loss is calculated. To estimate loan charge-offs on other loans, we evaluate the level and trend of nonperforming and potential problem loans and historical loss experience. We also consider other relevant economic conditions and borrower-specific risk characteristics, including current repayment patterns of our borrowers, the fair value of collateral securing loans, changes in our lending and underwriting standards and general economic factors, nationally and in the markets we serve, including the real estate market generally and the residential and commercial construction markets in particular. Estimated loss rates are determined by loan category and risk profile, and an overall required Allowance is calculated, which includes amounts for imprecision and uncertainty. Based on our estimate of the level of Allowance required, a provision for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) is recorded to maintain the Allowance at an appropriate level.

 

Our process for determining the reserve for unfunded commitments is consistent with our process for determining the Allowance and is adjusted for estimated loan funding probabilities. Reserves for unfunded commitments are recorded separately through a valuation allowance included in other liabilities. Credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are deducted from the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures in the period in which the liability is settled. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit losses is established by a charge to other operating expense.

 

47



 

In 2010, we recorded a Provision of $159.5 million and increased our Allowance, as a percentage of total loans and leases, to 8.89% at December 31, 2010 from 6.75% at December 31, 2009, as the general economic conditions and real estate markets in which we operate continued to deteriorate. Although general economic trends and market conditions have since stabilized to some degree, further deterioration in the Hawaii or California real estate markets would result in an increase in loan delinquencies, an increase in loan charge-offs or a need for additional increases in our Allowance; any of which would require an increase in our Provision. Even if economic conditions improve or stay the same, it is possible that we may continue to experience material credit losses and in turn, increases to our Allowance and Provision, due to the elevated risk inherent in our existing loan portfolio resulting from our high concentration of commercial real estate and construction loans as further discussed above.

 

Additionally, when establishing our Allowance, management made certain assumptions and judgments with respect to the quality of our loan portfolio. As the economy began to deteriorate in the second half of 2007 and real estate values declined, we found that many of the assumptions and judgments that we made at the time needed to be materially changed in subsequent periods, which resulted in rapid negative credit migration and substantial losses. Because of this and the overall volatility and uncertainty in the marketplace, we are not able to predict the potential increases that we may need to incur in our Allowance if real estate values do not improve or continue to decline in the markets that we serve, or if the financial condition of our borrowers declines or fails as a result of their continued exposure to the real estate markets and other financial stresses.

 

Since we cannot predict with certainty the amount of loan and lease charge-offs that will be incurred and because the eventual level of loan and lease charge-offs are impacted by numerous conditions beyond our control, we use our historical loss experience adjusted for current conditions to determine the Allowance and Provision. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our Allowance. Such agencies may require that we recognize additions to the Allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.  Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

To estimate the possible range of the Allowance required at December 31, 2010, and the related change in the Provision, we made assumptions regarding estimated loss rates under reasonably possible scenarios. Changes in the estimate of the Allowance and related Provision could materially affect our operating results. The determination of the Allowance requires us to make estimates of losses that are highly uncertain and involves a high degree of judgment.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale consists of Hawaii residential mortgage loans, as well as Hawaii and mainland construction and commercial real estate loans. Hawaii residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis while the Hawaii and mainland construction and commercial real estate loans are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis.

 

Loans originated with the intent to be held in our portfolio are subsequently transferred to held for sale when a decision is made to sell these loans. At the time of a loan’s transfer to the held for sale account, the loan is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Any reduction in the loan’s value is reflected as a write-down of the recorded investment resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the Allowance.

 

In subsequent periods, if the fair value of a loan classified as held for sale is less than its cost basis, a valuation adjustment is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense and the carrying value of the loan is adjusted accordingly. The valuation adjustment may be recovered in the event that the fair value increases, which is also recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense.

 

48



 

The fair value of loans classified as held for sale are generally based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, acceptance of firm offer letters with agreed upon purchase prices, discounted cash flow models that take into account market observable assumptions, or independent appraisals of the underlying collateral securing the loans. We report the fair values of Hawaii and mainland construction and commercial real estate loans net of applicable selling costs on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

We sell residential mortgage loans under industry standard contractual provisions that include various representations and warranties, which typically cover ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan, and other similar matters. We may be required to repurchase certain loans sold with identified defects, indemnify the investor, or reimburse the investor for any credit losses incurred. Our repurchase risk generally relates to early payment defaults and borrower fraud. We establish residential mortgage repurchase reserves to reflect this risk based on our estimate of losses after considering a combination of factors, including our estimate of future repurchase activity and our projection of expected credit losses resulting from repurchased loans. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, this reserve totaled $5.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

During the first quarter of 2010, we determined than an impairment test was required because of the uncertainty regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at that time combined with the fact that our market capitalization remained depressed. As a result of our first quarter impairment test, we determined that the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit was impaired and we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $102.7 million. As of December 31, 2010, we had no goodwill remaining on our consolidated balance sheet.

 

Prior to March 31, 2010, we reviewed the carrying amount of goodwill for impairment on an annual basis. Additionally, we performed an impairment assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets may not be recoverable. Goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing their respective fair values to their carrying values. When determining fair value, we utilized a discounted cash flow methodology for our Commercial Real Estate reporting unit and versions of the guideline company, guideline transaction and discounted cash flow methodologies for our Hawaii Market reporting unit. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures and market capitalization declines may result in impairments to goodwill. Absent any impairment indicators, we performed our goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

 

Our impairment assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets involved, among other valuation methods, the estimation of future cash flows and the fair value of reporting units to which goodwill is allocated. Estimating future cash flows and determining fair values of the reporting units is subject to judgments and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions about the future growth and potential volatility in revenues and costs, capital expenditures, industry economic factors and future business strategy. The variability of the factors we used to perform the goodwill impairment test depends on a number of conditions, including uncertainty about future events and cash flows. All such factors were interdependent and, therefore, did not change in isolation. Accordingly, our accounting estimates may have materially changed from period to period due to changing market factors. If we had used other assumptions and estimates or if different conditions occurred in future periods, including, but not limited to, changes in other reporting units or operating segments, future operating results could have been materially impacted.

 

49



 

Deferred Tax Assets and Tax Contingencies

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. A valuation allowance may be required if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the DTAs will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years, to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future taxable income and tax planning strategies that could be implemented to accelerate taxable income, if necessary. If our estimates of future taxable income were materially overstated or if our assumptions regarding the tax consequences of tax planning strategies were inaccurate, some or all of our DTAs may not be realized, which would result in a charge to earnings. In 2009, we established a valuation allowance against our net DTAs. See “— Overview of Results of Operations — Income Taxes” below.

 

We have established income tax contingency reserves for potential tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Tax benefits are recognized when we determine that it is more likely than not that such benefits will be realized. Where uncertainty exists due to the complexity of income tax statutes and where the potential tax amounts are significant, we generally seek independent tax opinions to support our positions. If our evaluation of the likelihood of the realization of benefits is inaccurate, we could incur additional income tax and interest expense that would adversely impact earnings, or we could receive tax benefits greater than anticipated which would positively impact earnings.

 

Defined Benefit Retirement Plan

 

Defined benefit plan obligations and related assets of our defined benefit retirement plan are presented in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” In 2002, the defined benefit retirement plan was curtailed and all plan benefits were fixed as of that date. Plan assets, which consist primarily of marketable equity and debt securities, are typically valued using market quotations. Plan obligations and the annual pension expense are determined by independent actuaries through the use of a number of assumptions. Key assumptions in measuring the plan obligations include the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In determining the discount rate, we utilize a yield that reflects the top 50% of the universe of bonds, ranked in the order of the highest yield. Asset returns are based upon the anticipated average rate of earnings expected on the invested funds of the plans.

 

At December 31, 2010, we used a weighted-average discount rate of 5.1% and an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.0%, which affected the amount of pension liability recorded as of year-end 2010 and the amount of pension expense to be recorded in 2011. At December 31, 2009, a weighted-average discount rate of 5.9% and an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.0% were used in determining the pension liability recorded as of year-end 2009 and the amount of pension expense recorded in 2010. For both the discount rate and the asset return rate, a range of estimates could reasonably have been used which would affect the amount of pension expense and pension liability recorded.

 

An increase in the discount rate or asset return rate would have reduced pension expense in 2010, while a decrease in the discount rate or asset return rate would have had the opposite effect. A 0.25% change in the discount rate assumption would impact 2011 pension expense by less than $0.1 million and year-end 2010 pension liability by $0.9 million, while a 0.25% change in the asset return rate would impact 2011 pension expense by less than $0.1 million.

 

Overview of Results of Operations

 

2010 vs. 2009 Comparison

In 2010, we recognized a net loss of $251.0 million, or $171.13 per diluted common share, compared to a net loss of $313.7 million, or $220.56 per diluted common share, in 2009. Credit costs, which includes the provision for loan and lease losses, write-downs of loans classified as held for sale, write-downs of foreclosed property and the change in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments, decreased by $195.0 million, or 53.6%, from $364.1 million in 2009 to $169.1 million in 2010. Our operating results were negatively impacted by a decrease in net interest income of $55.9 million in 2010 over net interest income recognized in the prior year. In addition, we recognized a $102.7 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge in 2010, compared to $50.0 million in 2009. Our net loss on average assets and average shareholders’ equity for 2010 was 5.74% and 140.73%, respectively, compared to 5.87% and 54.99%, respectively, in 2009.

 

50



 

2009 vs. 2008 Comparison

 

In 2009, we recognized a net loss of $313.7 million, compared to a net loss of $138.4 million in 2008. Credit costs increased by $162.6 million, or 80.8%, in 2009 over credit costs recognized in 2008. Our 2009 operating results were also negatively impacted by a $50.0 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge and the establishment of a $104.6 million valuation allowance against our net DTAs. Our net loss on average assets and average shareholders’ equity for 2009 was 5.87% and 54.99%, respectively, compared to 2.45% and 23.07%, respectively, in 2008.

 

Net Interest Income

 

The following table sets forth information concerning average interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the yields and rates thereon. Table 2 presents an analysis of changes in components of net interest income between years. Net interest income, when expressed as a percentage of average interest earning assets, is referred to as “net interest margin.” Interest income, which includes loan fees and resultant yield information, is expressed on a taxable equivalent basis using an assumed income tax rate of 35%.

 

Table 1.   Average Balances, Interest Income and Expense, Yields and Rates (Taxable Equivalent)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Yield/

 

Amount

 

Average

 

Yield/

 

Amount

 

Average

 

Yield/

 

Amount

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

of Interest

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

of Interest

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

of Interest

 

 

 

     (Dollars in thousands)

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

726,346

 

0.26

%

 

$

1,862

 

$

126,200

 

0.18

%

 

$

233

 

$

1,500

 

0.78

%

 

$

12

 

Federal funds sold & securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

7,144

 

0.13

 

 

9

 

4,532

 

1.83

 

 

83

 

Taxable investment securities (1)

 

586,719

 

3.36

 

 

19,710

 

851,298

 

4.28

 

 

36,402

 

692,610

 

5.03

 

 

34,837

 

Tax-exempt investment securities (1)

 

21,803

 

7.54

 

 

1,643

 

102,462

 

6.04

 

 

6,185

 

143,988

 

5.74

 

 

8,266

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income (2)

 

2,716,090

 

5.09

 

 

138,114

 

3,745,964

 

5.38

 

 

201,573

 

4,209,045

 

6.25

 

 

263,183

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

48,797

 

-

 

 

-

 

48,797

 

-

 

 

-

 

48,797

 

0.95

 

 

464

 

Total interest earning assets

 

4,099,755

 

3.94

 

 

161,329

 

4,881,865

 

5.01

 

 

244,402

 

5,100,472

 

6.02

 

 

306,845

 

Nonearning assets

 

268,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

466,093

 

 

 

 

 

 

552,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,368,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,347,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,653,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

619,070

 

0.14

%

 

$

885

 

$

544,910

 

0.25

%

 

$

1,351

 

$

463,776

 

0.19

%

 

$

860

 

Savings and money market deposits

 

1,092,378

 

0.50

 

 

5,514

 

1,319,228

 

0.90

 

 

11,928

 

1,094,690

 

1.14

 

 

12,528

 

Time deposits under $100,000

 

515,264

 

1.57

 

 

8,077

 

631,482

 

2.45

 

 

15,446

 

639,794

 

2.91

 

 

18,618

 

Time deposits $100,000 and over

 

450,371

 

1.40

 

 

6,313

 

800,303

 

1.73

 

 

13,821

 

1,023,852

 

2.96

 

 

30,299

 

Short-term borrowings

 

219,823

 

0.54

 

 

1,177

 

187,720

 

0.29

 

 

548

 

292,466

 

2.24

 

 

6,563

 

Long-term debt

 

634,217

 

3.17

 

 

20,135

 

616,763

 

3.99

 

 

24,621

 

865,717

 

3.83

 

 

33,129

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

3,531,123

 

1.19

 

 

42,101

 

4,100,406

 

1.65

 

 

67,715

 

4,380,295

 

2.33

 

 

101,997

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

581,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

594,888

 

 

 

 

 

 

592,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

66,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

70,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

4,179,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,767,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,043,488

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

178,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

570,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

599,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

10,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

188,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

580,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

609,921

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

4,368,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,347,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,653,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

119,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

176,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

204,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

2.91

%

 

 

 

 

 

3.62

%

 

 

 

 

 

4.02

%

 

 

 

 

______________________________________

(1)  At amortized cost.

(2)  Includes nonaccrual loans.

 

51



 

Table 2.  Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income (Taxable Equivalent)

 

 

 

2010 Compared to 2009

 

2009 Compared to 2008

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

 

Due to Change In:

 

 

 

Due to Change In:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Change

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Change

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

1,080

 

 

$

549

 

 

$

1,629

 

 

$

973

 

 

$

(752

)

 

$

221

 

Federal funds sold

 

(9

)

 

 

 

(9

)

 

48

 

 

(122

)

 

(74

)

Taxable investment securities

 

(11,324

)

 

(5,368

)

 

(16,692

)

 

7,982

 

 

(6,417

)

 

1,565

 

Tax-exempt investment securities

 

(4,872

)

 

330

 

 

(4,542

)

 

(2,384

)

 

303

 

 

(2,081

)

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

 

(55,418

)

 

(8,041

)

 

(63,459

)

 

(28,943

)

 

(32,667

)

 

(61,610

)

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(464

)

 

(464

)

Total interest earning assets

 

(70,543

)

 

(12,530

)

 

(83,073

)

 

(22,324

)

 

(40,119

)

 

(62,443

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

185

 

 

(651

)

 

(466

)

 

154

 

 

337

 

 

491

 

Savings and money market deposits

 

(2,042

)

 

(4,372

)

 

(6,414

)

 

2,560

 

 

(3,160

)

 

(600

)

Time deposits under $100,000

 

(2,847

)

 

(4,522

)

 

(7,369

)

 

(242

)

 

(2,930

)

 

(3,172

)

Time deposits $100,000 and over

 

(6,054

)

 

(1,454

)

 

(7,508

)

 

(6,617

)

 

(9,861

)

 

(16,478

)

Short-term borrowings

 

93

 

 

536

 

 

629

 

 

(2,346

)

 

(3,669

)

 

(6,015

)

Long-term debt

 

696

 

 

(5,182

)

 

(4,486

)

 

(9,535

)

 

1,027

 

 

(8,508

)

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

(9,969

)

 

(15,645

)

 

(25,614

)

 

(16,026

)

 

(18,256

)

 

(34,282

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

(60,574

)

 

$

3,115

 

 

$

(57,459

)

 

$

(6,298

)

 

$

(21,863

)

 

$

(28,161

)

 

Net interest income is our primary source of earnings and is derived primarily from the difference between the interest we earn on loans and investments versus the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income (expressed on a taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $119.2 million in 2010, decreasing by $57.5 million, or 32.5%, from $176.7 million in 2009, which decreased by $28.2 million, or 13.7%, from net interest income of $204.8 million recognized in 2008. The decrease in net interest income for 2010 was primarily the result of a significant reduction in average loans and leases and investment securities as we continued our efforts to reduce our credit risk exposure, downsize our balance sheet and improve our liquidity position. The decrease in net interest income also reflects a 107 basis points (“bp”) decline in average yields earned on our interest earning assets, which outpaced the 46 bp decrease in average rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. The decrease in average yields earned on our interest earning assets was directly attributable to the declining interest rate environment, reductions in our higher yielding commercial real estate loan portfolios, and our decision to maximize liquidity by maintaining significant balances in lower yielding cash and cash equivalent accounts.

 

In December 2010, we paid down long-term borrowings at the FHLB totaling $106.0 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.78%. Prepaying these long-term borrowings resulted in the recognition of a one-time loss on the early extinguishment of debt totaling $5.7 million.

 

Interest Income

 

Our primary sources of interest income include interest on loans and leases, which represented 85.6%, 82.5% and 85.8% of interest income in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as well as interest earned on investment securities, which represented 13.2%, 17.4% and 14.0% of interest income, respectively. Interest income expressed on a taxable-equivalent basis of $161.3 million in 2010 decreased by $83.1 million, or 34.0%, from the $244.4 million earned in 2009, which decreased by $62.4 million, or 20.4%, from the $306.8 million earned in 2008.

 

52



 

As depicted in Table 2, the decrease in interest income in 2010 from the prior year was due primarily to significant decreases in average loan and lease and investment securities balances and the average loan yields earned thereon. The $1.0 billion decrease in average loan and lease balances contributed to $55.4 million of the current year reduction in interest income, while the 29 bp decrease in average loan yields in 2010 contributed to $10.9 million of the current year reduction. The drop in average loan and lease balances were impacted by the sale of approximately $193.4 million in loans that were originated for investment as we sought to reduce our credit risk exposure, as well as $200.0 million in loan charge-offs that occurred in 2010. The $264.6 million decrease in average taxable investment securities contributed to $11.3 million of the current year reduction in interest income, while the 92 bp decrease in average taxable investment securities yields in 2010 contributed to $7.8 million of the current year reduction. The $80.7 million decrease in average tax-exempt investment securities contributed to $4.9 million of the current year reduction in interest income. We anticipate that interest income will increase in 2011 if we close the Private Placement and are able to begin to deploy our excess cash and cash equivalents into higher yielding assets.

 

As depicted in Table 2, the drop in interest income in 2009 from 2008 was largely due to decreases in average loan yields and average loan and lease balances, as well as our planned efforts to improve balance sheet liquidity by maintaining higher balances in lower yielding cash equivalent accounts. In addition, higher nonaccrual loan balances further contributed to the decrease in 2009 from 2008. The 87 bp decrease in average loan yields in 2009 contributed to $32.7 million of the reduction in interest income, while the $463.1 million decrease in average loan and lease balances contributed to $28.9 million of the reduction. As the FRB kept the federal funds benchmark rate to a range of zero to 0.25% for all of 2009, loan repricings were negatively impacted. The drop in average loan and lease balances were impacted by the sale of approximately $278.2 million in loans that were originated for investment as we sought to reduce our credit risk exposure, as well as $265.7 million in loan charge-offs that occurred in 2009.

 

Interest Expense

 

In 2010, interest expense of $42.1 million decreased by $25.6 million, or 37.8%, compared to $67.7 million in 2009, which decreased by $34.3 million, or 33.6%, compared to $102.0 million in 2008.

 

Declines in average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities were reflective of the FRB’s notably low interest rate policy that existed throughout 2010 and 2009 and contributed to the overall reduction in interest expense during the periods. In 2010, the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 46 bp to 1.19% for 2010, compared to 1.65% in 2009. Decreases in average rates paid on savings and money market deposits of 40 bp, time deposits under $100,000 of 88 bp, time deposits $100,000 and over of 33 bp, and long-term borrowings of 82 bp were the primary drivers of the overall decrease in interest expense. Decreases in the average balances of savings and money market of $226.9 million, time deposits under $100,000 of $116.2 million, and time deposits $100,000 and over of $349.9 million also contributed to the reduction of interest expense in 2010.

 

In 2009, the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 68 bp to 1.65%, compared to 2.33% in 2008. Decreases in average rates paid on time deposits $100,000 and over of 123 bp, short-term borrowings of 195 bp, savings and money market deposits of 24 bp and time deposits under $100,000 of 46 bp were the primary drivers of the overall decrease in interest expense. Decreases in the average balances of long-term debt of $249.0 million, time deposits $100,000 and over of $223.5 million and short-term borrowings of $104.7 million also contributed to the reduction of interest expense in 2009.

 

Net Interest Margin

 

Our net interest margin was 2.91%, 3.62% and 4.02% in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As described above, the decline in our net interest margin in both 2010 and 2009 can be attributed to lower yields on our interest earning assets as we continued our efforts to reduce our higher yielding commercial real estate portfolio to improve our credit risk profile and our efforts to maximize balance sheet liquidity by maintaining elevated levels of lower yielding cash and cash equivalent accounts. Additionally, in conjunction with our recovery plan, we sold available for sale securities for gross proceeds of $439.4 million during the latter part of March 2010. Because a significant amount of these proceeds were held as cash and cash equivalents throughout the remainder of the year, our net interest margin was adversely impacted by the change in the character of these assets.

 

53



 

Other Operating Income

 

The following table sets forth components of other operating income and the total as a percentage of average assets for the periods indicated.

 

Table 3.  Components of Other Operating Income

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other service charges and fees

 

$

15,418

 

 

$

14,187

 

 

$

14,062

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

11,831

 

 

15,458

 

 

14,738

 

 

Net gain on sales of residential loans

 

8,468

 

 

13,582

 

 

7,717

 

 

Gain on sale of property

 

7,698

 

 

3,612

 

 

-

 

 

Income from bank-owned life insurance

 

4,809

 

 

5,249

 

 

4,876

 

 

Income from fiduciary activities

 

3,204

 

 

3,759

 

 

3,921

 

 

Investment securities gains (losses)

 

831

 

 

(74

)

 

265

 

 

Fees on foreign exchange

 

659

 

 

584

 

 

665

 

 

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

468

 

 

759

 

 

561

 

 

Loan placement fees

 

391

 

 

982

 

 

814

 

 

Other than temporary impairment on securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(net of $5,158 recognized in OCI for 2009)

 

-

 

 

(2,565

)

 

-

 

 

Other

 

3,259

 

 

1,880

 

 

7,189

 

 

Total other operating income

 

$

57,036

 

 

$

57,413

 

 

$

54,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other operating income as a percentage of average assets

 

1.31%

 

 

1.07%

 

 

0.97%

 

 

 

Total other operating income of $57.0 million in 2010 decreased by $0.4 million, or 0.7%, over the $57.4 million earned in 2009, which increased by $2.6 million, or 4.8%, over the $54.8 million earned in 2008.

 

In 2010, we recorded lower gains on sales of residential loans of $5.1 million as refinance activity declined from the prior year record activity, lower service charges on deposit accounts of $3.6 million, and lower non-cash gains related to the ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge of $3.4 million.  Offsetting these decreases were higher unrealized gains on outstanding interest rate locks of $4.4 million, a higher gain on sale of property of $4.1 million, and higher other service charges and fees of $1.2 million, compared to 2009. In addition, in 2009 we recorded an other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charge on three non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations of $2.6 million.

 

In 2009, our wholly-owned residential mortgage subsidiary, CPHL, experienced a significant rise in refinancing and loan origination activity resulting in a considerable increase in net gain on sales of residential loans of $5.9 million, or 76.0%, over 2008. As mortgage rates remained near historical lows throughout 2009, coupled with the U.S. government’s First Time Homebuyer Tax Credit, CPHL was able to increase its loan production volume by 24.3% in 2009 over 2008. The growth experienced by CPHL over the past several years has enabled the Company to grow its market position in the residential mortgage market in Hawaii. Other operating income in 2009 also included a $3.6 million gain related to the sale of a parcel of land in 2009, lower unrealized gains on outstanding interest rate locks of $6.0 million when compared to 2008, and the aforementioned OTTI charge on three non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations totaling $2.6 million.

 

54



 

Other Operating Expense

 

The following table sets forth components of other operating expense and the total as a percentage of average assets for the periods indicated.

 

Table 4.  Components of Other Operating Expense

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

56,613

 

 

$

66,346

 

 

$

67,019

 

 

Legal and professional services

 

17,755

 

 

13,989

 

 

12,138

 

 

Net occupancy

 

13,650

 

 

13,415

 

 

12,764

 

 

Foreclosed asset expense

 

9,067

 

 

8,651

 

 

7,360

 

 

Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets

 

7,061

 

 

6,123

 

 

8,412

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

5,685

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

Equipment

 

5,337

 

 

6,081

 

 

5,722

 

 

Communication expense

 

3,985

 

 

4,317

 

 

4,484

 

 

Computer software expense

 

3,625

 

 

3,428

 

 

3,446

 

 

Advertising expense

 

2,531

 

 

3,266

 

 

3,358

 

 

Write down of assets

 

1,460

 

 

4,963

 

 

23,796

 

 

Loss on sale of commercial real estate loans

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,874

 

 

Other

 

37,636

 

 

36,297

 

 

28,170

 

 

Total other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)

 

164,405

 

 

166,876

 

 

178,543

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

102,689

 

 

50,000

 

 

94,279

 

 

Total other operating expense

 

$

267,094

 

 

$

216,876

 

 

$

272,822

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other operating expense as a percentage of average assets

 

6.11%

 

 

4.06%

 

 

4.83%

 

 

 

Total other operating expense of $267.1 million in 2010 increased by $50.2 million, or 23.2%, from total operating expense of $216.9 million in 2009, which decreased by $55.9 million, or 20.5%, compared to 2008. Excluding goodwill impairment charges, total other operating expense as a percentage of average assets was 3.76%, 3.12% and 3.16% in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

The increase in total other operating expense in 2010, compared to 2009, was the result of a higher goodwill impairment charge of $102.7 million in 2010, compared to $50.0 million in 2009, higher reserves for repurchased loans of $6.3 million, a nonrecurring loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $5.7 million, and higher legal and professional services expense of $3.8 million, partially offset by lower salaries and employee benefits of $9.7 million and lower credit-related charges (which include write-downs of loans held for sale, foreclosed asset expense, and reserves on unfunded commitments) of $5.8 million.

 

The reduction in total operating expense in 2009, compared to 2008, was the result of lower goodwill impairment and write down of assets charges, partially offset by an increase in FDIC insurance of $8.9 million and an increase in reserve for unfunded commitments of $3.2 million over the prior year. The increase in FDIC insurance expense during 2009 was attributable to higher insurance rates, as well as a special assessment charge imposed on all FDIC-insured institutions. The special assessment charge amounted to $2.5 million, or five basis points of the bank’s total assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued new assessment regulations that require FDIC-insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments on December 30, 2009 for the fourth quarter 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012; however, certain financial institutions, including our bank, were exempted from the new prepayment regulations and will continue to pay their risk-based assessments on a quarterly basis. In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the new restoration plan, the FDIC will forego the uniform three-basis point increase in initial assessment rates scheduled to take place on January 1, 2011 and maintain the current schedule of assessment rates for all depository institutions. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the fund and, if needed, will increase or decrease assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking if required. We expect FDIC insurance expense to remain elevated for the foreseeable future.

 

55



 

A key measure of operating efficiency tracked by management is the efficiency ratio. The efficiency ratio, as used by management, differs from comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP in that it excludes unusual or non-recurring charges, losses, credits or gains. Management believes that the efficiency ratio provides useful supplemental information that is important to a proper understanding of the company’s core business results by investors. Our efficiency ratio should not be viewed as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor is it necessarily comparable to the efficiency ratio presented by other companies. Despite a current year decrease in other operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment, write down of assets charges, and loss on early extinguishment of debt), our efficiency ratio increased to 82.83% in 2010, compared to 63.52% in 2009 and 53.93% in 2008. The increase in our efficiency ratio was primarily driven by the aforementioned decrease in net interest income.

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of total operating expenses as a percentage of net operating revenue to our efficiency ratio for each of the dates indicated:

 

Table 5. Reconciliation to Efficiency Ratio

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses as a percentage of net operating revenue

 

152.24

    %

 

91.61

    %

 

105.18

    %

 

Goodwill impairment

 

(58.53

)

 

(21.12

)

 

(36.35

)

 

Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets

 

(1.64

)

 

(1.21

)

 

(1.07

)

 

Foreclosed asset expense

 

(5.17

)

 

(3.65

)

 

(2.84

)

 

Loss on commercial real estate loans

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(0.72

)

 

Write down of assets

 

(0.83

)

 

(2.11

)

 

(9.17

)

 

Loss on counterparty financing transaction

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(1.10

)

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

(3.24

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

Efficiency ratio

 

82.83

    %

 

63.52

    %

 

53.93

    %

 

 

Income Taxes

 

We did not recognize any income tax benefit in 2010, compared to $20.0 million in 2009 and $49.3 million in 2008, as we had a full valuation allowance established against our net DTAs throughout the year. A full valuation allowance was established against our net DTAs during the third quarter of 2009 primarily based upon the Company’s recent NOLs and the existence of a three-year cumulative loss, which led to our conclusion that it was more likely than not that our DTAs would not be fully realized. In determining the extent of the valuation allowance, management also considered, among other things, carryback/carryforward periods available to the Company and trends in income/loss of the Company’s earnings.

 

In 2010, we increased our valuation allowance against our net DTAs by $74.2 million, or 71.0% to $178.8 million at December 31, 2010 from $104.6 million at December 31, 2009. Of the total increase to the valuation allowance, $70.5 million was recognized as a non-cash charge to income tax expense, while the remaining $3.7 million was charged against accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).

 

In 2009, we recorded a valuation allowance of $104.6 million against our net DTAs. Of the total valuation allowance, $101.8 million was recognized as a non-cash charge to income tax expense, while the remaining $2.8 million was charged against AOCI.

 

56



 

Our effective tax rate was 0% in 2010, 6.0% in 2009 and 26.3% in 2008. The Company continues to recognize a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets, which resulted in no income tax benefit and a 0% effective tax rate in 2010. The change in the 2009 effective tax rate from 2008 was primarily attributable to the establishment of the previously mentioned valuation allowance against our net DTAs and was partially offset by a lower goodwill impairment charge, which is not deductible for income tax purposes.

 

Financial Condition

 

Total assets of $3.9 billion at December 31, 2010 decreased by $931.5 million, or 19.1%, from the $4.9 billion at year-end 2009, while total liabilities of $3.9 billion at December 31, 2010 decreased by $661.5 million, or 14.6%, from the prior year. The decrease in total assets in 2010 was the result of elevated loan charge-offs totaling $200.0 million as we recognized the losses associated with many of our problem assets, as well as management’s strategy to shrink our balance sheet in order to reduce targeted sectors of our loan portfolio to reduce credit risk and improve liquidity. In addition, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $102.7 million for the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit.

 

Loan Portfolio

 

Our lending activities have historically been focused on commercial, commercial mortgage and construction loans to small and middle-market companies and business professionals. Our strategy for generating loans has traditionally relied upon teams of commercial real estate and commercial banking officers organized by geographical and industry lines who are responsible for client prospecting and business development.

 

To manage credit risk (i.e., the inability of borrowers to repay their loan obligations), management analyzes the borrower’s financial condition, repayment source, collateral and other factors that could impact credit quality, such as national and local economic conditions and industry conditions related to respective borrowers.

 

Loans and leases totaled $2.2 billion at December 31, 2010, decreasing by $872.5 million, or 28.7%, from the $3.0 billion at year-end 2009, which decreased by $988.3 million, or 24.5%, from the $4.0 billion held at year-end 2008. The decrease in our loan portfolio in 2010 was representative of our concerted effort to reduce our exposure to certain sectors of the real estate markets in Hawaii and California. In 2010, we sold certain Hawaii and California commercial real estate and construction loans with a carrying value of $193.4 million. The reduction in loans and leases was also attributable to charge-offs during the year totaling $200.0 million, transfers to loans held for sale and other real estate during the year totaling $142.2 million, and declining loan demand from businesses as they continued to acclimate themselves to the changing economic environment during 2010. Accordingly, our construction and commercial mortgage loan portfolios decreased by $498.1 million, or 61.4%, and $210.0 million, or 21.6%, respectively, from the prior year.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding loans by category as of the dates indicated.

 

57



 

Table 6.  Loans by Categories

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

207,980

 

 

$

260,924

 

 

$

384,423

 

 

$

384,983

 

 

$

404,259

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

313,785

 

 

811,895

 

 

1,124,976

 

 

1,222,214

 

 

1,139,585

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- residential

 

746,261

 

 

820,983

 

 

1,070,429

 

 

1,034,474

 

 

897,216

 

- commercial

 

760,306

 

 

970,285

 

 

1,211,896

 

 

1,237,563

 

 

1,158,755

 

Consumer

 

112,949

 

 

136,090

 

 

180,131

 

 

209,168

 

 

195,448

 

Leases

 

28,163

 

 

41,803

 

 

58,411

 

 

53,303

 

 

50,741

 

Total loans and leases

 

2,169,444

 

 

3,041,980

 

 

4,030,266

 

 

4,141,705

 

 

3,846,004

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

(192,854

)

 

(205,279

)

 

(119,878

)

 

(92,049

)

 

(52,280

)

Net loans

 

$

1,976,590

 

 

$

2,836,701

 

 

$

3,910,388

 

 

$

4,049,656

 

 

$

3,793,724

 

 

The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our loan portfolio and related allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2010.

 

Table 7.  Geographic Distribution

 

 

 

Hawaii

 

 

California

 

 

Washington

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

204,385

 

 

$

3,595

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

207,980

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

230,263

 

 

81,596

 

 

1,926

 

 

313,785

 

 

 

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- residential

 

741,372

 

 

4,889

 

 

-

 

 

746,261

 

 

 

 

- commercial

 

642,277

 

 

118,029

 

 

-

 

 

760,306

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

112,949

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

112,949

 

 

 

 

Leases

 

28,163

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

28,163

 

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

 

1,959,409

 

 

208,109

 

 

1,926

 

 

2,169,444

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

(176,341

)

 

(16,398

)

 

(115

)

 

(192,854

)

 

 

 

Net loans and leases

 

$

1,783,068

 

 

$

191,711

 

 

$

1,811

 

 

$

1,976,590

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, Financial and Agricultural

 

Loans in this category consist primarily of term loans and lines of credit to small and middle-market businesses and professionals located in the state of Hawaii. The borrower’s business is typically regarded as the principal source of repayment, although our underwriting policy and practice generally requires additional sources of collateral, including real estate and other business assets, as well as personal guarantees where possible to mitigate risk. Risks of credit losses could be greater in this loan category relative to secured loans where a greater percentage of the loan amount is usually covered by collateral. Nonetheless, any collateral or personal guarantees obtained on commercial loans can mitigate the increased risk and help to reduce credit losses.

 

Our historical approach to commercial lending involves teams of lending and cash management personnel who focused on relationship development including loans, deposits and other bank services to new and existing commercial clients.

 

58



 

Real Estate—Construction

 

Construction loans include both residential and commercial development projects. Each construction project is evaluated for economic viability. Construction loans pose higher credit risks than typical secured loans. In addition to the financial strength of the borrower, construction loans have the added element of completion risk, which is the risk that the project will not be completed on time and within budget, resulting in additional costs that could affect the economic viability of the project and market risk at the time construction is complete.

 

The increase in our construction loan portfolio from 2005 through 2007 was representative of our historical focus on this segment and a real estate market that had been strong with increased development activity in all of our markets. However, beginning in the second half of 2007, some of our residential construction loans in California began exhibiting heightened levels of risk with some borrowers abandoning their construction plans and defaulting on their loans due to a range of factors, including declining real estate values. New construction lending was therefore substantially curtailed. In 2008, 2009 and 2010, real estate values continued to deteriorate in Hawaii and California, adding considerable pressure on our construction loan portfolio. As mentioned previously, in an effort to reduce our exposure to this sector and also because the Consent Order requires us to systematically reduce our construction loan portfolio, we sold portions of our construction loan portfolio, which included loans on projects in both Hawaii and California.

 

Real Estate—Mortgage

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the composition of the Real Estate—Mortgage loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.

 

Table 8.  Mortgage Loan Portfolio Composition

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 units

 

 

$

692,515

 

 

 

46.0

%

 

 

$

716,753

 

 

 

40.0

%

 

 

$

896,631

 

 

 

39.0

%

 

 

$

841,095

 

 

 

37.0

%

 

 

$

703,172

 

 

 

34.2

%

5 or more units

 

 

53,746

 

 

 

3.6

 

 

 

104,230

 

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

173,798

 

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

193,379

 

 

 

8.5

 

 

 

194,044

 

 

 

9.4

 

Commercial, industrial and other

 

 

760,306

 

 

 

50.4

 

 

 

970,285

 

 

 

54.2

 

 

 

1,211,896

 

 

 

53.0

 

 

 

1,237,563

 

 

 

54.5

 

 

 

1,158,755

 

 

 

56.4

 

Total

 

 

$

1,506,567

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

1,791,268

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

2,282,325

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

2,272,037

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

2,055,971

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

Residential

 

Residential mortgage loans include both fixed- and adjustable-rate loans primarily secured by single-family owner-occupied residences. Maximum loan-to-value ratios of 80% are typically required, although higher levels are permitted with accompanying mortgage insurance. We emphasize residential mortgage loans for owner-occupied primary residences.  While our residential mortgage portfolio contains outstanding balances in the high-end, vacation, and investment property categories, we have not actively sought to originate these types of loans over the past several years. First mortgage loans secured by residential properties generally carry a moderate level of credit risk. With an average loan size of approximately $0.4 million, marketable collateral and a Hawaii residential real estate market that has been relatively stable until recently, credit losses on residential mortgages had been minimal during the past several years. However, economic conditions including unemployment levels, future changes in interest rates and other market factors can impact the marketability and value of collateral and thus the level of credit risk inherent in the portfolio. Given the current uncertainties in our local economy and increased stress within this portfolio, we have allocated additional resources and have increased our efforts to proactively identify, manage, and resolve credit quality issues.

 

59



 

Residential mortgage loan balances as of December 31, 2010 totaled $746.3 million, decreasing by $74.7 million, or 9.1%, over the $821.0 million held at year-end 2009, which decreased by $249.4 million, or 23.3%, over the $1.1 billion held at year-end 2008. The current year decrease was primarily the result of $23.0 million in transfers to other real estate and $21.0 million in loan charge-offs. As previously mentioned, residential mortgage originations remained strong throughout most of 2010 fueled by a rise in refinancing activity driven by the FRB’s actions to lower mortgage rates. Despite the strong origination volume, our residential mortgage portfolio continued to decline as the majority of these loans were sold in the secondary market.

 

Residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2010 totaled $34.4 million, a decrease of $31.3 million, or 47.5%, from the December 31, 2009 balance of $65.7 million, which increased by $36.0 million, or 121.2%, from the December 31, 2008 balance of $29.7 million. In 2009 and 2008, we securitized certain residential mortgage loans with an outstanding principal balance of $50.1 million and $36.5 million, respectively, with a U.S. Government sponsored entity. In 2010, we did not securitize any residential mortgage loans.

 

Commercial

 

Real estate mortgage loans secured by commercial properties continue to represent the largest component of our loan portfolio. Our historical policy with respect to commercial mortgages is that loans be made for sound purposes, have a definite source and/or plan of repayment established at inception, and be backed up by reliable secondary sources of repayment and satisfactory collateral with good marketability. Loans secured by commercial property carry a greater risk than loans secured by residential property due to operating income risk. Operating income risk is the risk that the borrower will be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from the operation of the property. The commercial real estate market and interest rate conditions through economic cycles will impact risk levels.

 

Since the latter part of 2007, our commercial real estate loan portfolio has been significantly impacted by an increase in loan delinquencies and defaults, as well as declining collateral values in Hawaii and California. Furthermore, the financial capacity of many of our sponsors and guarantors supporting our commercial real estate loans has been diminished. If these real estate markets deteriorate further or fail to improve, we could experience increased loan delinquencies and additional defaults from our commercial real estate portfolio.

 

Consumer Loans

 

The following table sets forth the major components of our consumer loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.

 

Table 9.  Consumer Loan Portfolio Composition

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile

 

$

66,955

 

 

59.2

%

 

$

87,721

 

 

64.5

%

 

$

129,092

 

 

71.7

%

 

$

158,390

 

 

75.7

%

 

$

148,485

 

 

76.0

%

Other revolving credit plans

 

34,396

 

 

30.5

 

 

36,665

 

 

26.9

 

 

36,445

 

 

20.2

 

 

29,259

 

 

14.0

 

 

29,932

 

 

15.3

 

Other

 

11,598

 

 

10.3

 

 

11,704

 

 

8.6

 

 

14,594

 

 

8.1

 

 

21,519

 

 

10.3

 

 

17,031

 

 

8.7

 

Total

 

$

112,949

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

136,090

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

180,131

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

209,168

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

195,448

 

 

100.0

%

 

For consumer loans, credit risk is managed on a pooled basis. Considerations include an evaluation of the quality, character and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, current and projected economic conditions and past loan loss experience. Consumer loans represent a moderate credit risk. Loans in this category are generally either unsecured or secured by personal assets such as automobiles. The average loan size is generally small and risk is diversified among many borrowers. Our policy is to utilize credit-scoring systems for most of our consumer loans, which offer the ability to modify credit exposure based on our risk tolerance and loss experience.

 

60



 

Consumer loans totaled $112.9 million at December 31, 2010, decreasing by $23.2 million, or 17.0%, from 2009’s year-end balance of $136.1 million, which decreased by $44.0 million, or 24.4%, compared to the $180.1 million held at year-end 2008. Automobile loans, primarily indirect dealer loans, comprised 59.2% of consumer loans outstanding.

 

Total automobile loans of $67.0 million at year-end 2010 decreased by $20.7 million, or 23.7%, from 2009’s year-end balance of $87.7 million, which decreased by $41.4 million, or 32.0%, from $129.1 million at year-end 2008. Consistent with national trends, the decrease in automobile loans over the past few years is reflective of the decline in automobile purchases experienced in Hawaii.

 

Interest Reserves

 

Our policies require interest reserves for construction loans, including loans to build commercial buildings, residential developments (both large tract projects and individual houses), and multi-family projects.

 

The outstanding principal balance of loans with interest reserves was $263.3 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $236.1 million in the prior year, while remaining interest reserves was $2.9 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $7.2 million at December 31, 2009.  Our remaining interest reserves have decreased considerably over the past few years and as of December 31, 2010, only represented 1.1% of the principal balance of loans with interest reserves.  The decrease in our level of interest reserves is a direct result of our reduced construction lending activity.

 

Interest reserves allow the Company to advance funds to borrowers to make scheduled payments during the construction period. These advances typically are capitalized and added to the borrower’s outstanding loan balance, although we have the right to demand payment under certain circumstances. Our policy is to determine if interest reserve amounts are appropriately included in each project’s construction budget and are adequate to cover the expected duration of the construction period.

 

The amount, terms, and conditions of the interest reserve are established when a loan is originated, although we generally have the option to demand payment if the credit profile of the borrower changes. We evaluate the viability and appropriateness of the construction project based on the project’s complexity and feasibility, the timeline, as well as the creditworthiness of the borrowers, sponsors and/or guarantors, and the value of the collateral.

 

In the event that unfavorable circumstances alter the original project dynamics (e.g., cost overruns, project delays, etc.), our policy is to evaluate whether or not it is appropriate to maintain interest capitalization or demand payment of interest in cash and will work with the borrower to explore various restructuring options, which may include obtaining additional equity and/or requiring additional collateral. We may also require borrowers to directly pay scheduled interest payments.

 

Our process for determining that construction projects are moving as planned are detailed in our lending policies and guidelines. Prior to approving a loan, the Company and borrower generally agree on a construction budget, a pro forma monthly disbursement schedule, and sales/leaseback assumptions. As each project progresses, the projections are measured against actual disbursements and sales/lease results to determine if the project is on track and performing as planned.

 

The specific monitoring requirements for each loan vary depending on the size and complexity of the project and the experience and financial strength of the borrower, sponsor and/or guarantor. At a minimum, to ensure that loan proceeds are properly disbursed and to assess whether it is appropriate to capitalize interest or demand cash payment of interest, our monitoring process generally includes:

 

61



 

·                  Physical inspection of the project to ensure work has progressed to the stage for which payment is being requested;

 

·                  Verification that the work completed is in conformance with plans and specifications and items for which disbursement is requested are within budget; and

 

·                  Determination that there continues to be satisfactory project progress.

 

In certain rare circumstances, we may decide to extend, renew, and/or restructure the terms of a construction loan. Reasons for the restructure can range from cost overruns to project delays and the restructuring can result in additional funds being advanced or an extension of the maturity date of the loan. Prior to the loan being restructured, our policy is to perform a detailed analysis to ensure that the economics of the project remain feasible and that the risks to the Company are within acceptable lending guidelines.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

As of December 31, 2010, approximately $1.8 billion, or 84% of loans outstanding were real estate related, including construction loans, residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans. We grew these portfolios as real estate values rose along with activity in the real estate industry in 2006 and 2007. Since then, the real estate markets in both California and Hawaii have been impacted by broader economic trends, which resulted in sharp declines in real estate values beginning in the latter part of 2007.

 

Our high concentration of lending in the real estate industry led to rapid deterioration in our asset quality, namely elevated delinquencies and loan charge-offs, which led to the recognition of significant credit costs starting in third quarter of 2007 and continuing through 2010.

 

As the real estate market continued to deteriorate, we ceased originating commercial real estate loans on the mainland starting in April 2008 and our mainland personnel focused their efforts on reducing our exposure to this sector. Similarly, we reduced commercial real estate lending in Hawaii and stopped originating new construction loans in Hawaii. In addition to reducing our exposure to the mainland, we also made a concerted effort to achieve targeted reductions in certain sectors of our Hawaii commercial real estate portfolio. During fiscal 2010, we reduced our construction and commercial real estate loan portfolios by $708.1 million.

 

Substantially all of our loans are made to companies and individuals with headquarters in, or residing in, the states of Hawaii, California and Washington. Consistent with our focus of being a Hawaii-based bank, 90% of our loan portfolio was concentrated in the Hawaii market while 10% was concentrated on the mainland (10% in California and less than 1% in Washington).

 

Our foreign credit exposure as of December 31, 2010 was minimal and did not exceed 1% of total assets.

 

Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

 

Table 10 sets forth the maturity distribution of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010. Table 11 sets forth the sensitivity of amounts due after one year to changes in interest rates. Both tables exclude real estate loans (other than construction loans) and consumer loans.

 

62



 

Table 10.  Maturity Distribution of Commercial and Construction Loans

 

 

 

Maturing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over one

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year

 

through

 

Over five

 

 

 

 

 

or less

 

five years

 

years

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

  $

65,942

 

  $

62,807

 

  $

79,231

 

  $

207,980

 

Real estate - construction

 

255,563

 

46,588

 

11,634

 

313,785

 

Total

 

  $

321,505

 

  $

109,395

 

  $

90,865

 

  $

521,765

 

 

At year-end 2010, 61.6% of our commercial and construction loans had maturities of one year or less, decreasing from the prior year’s proportion of 62.4%, and loans in the one-through-five-years category decreased to 21.0% in 2010 from 28.8% at year-end 2009. Meanwhile, loans in the greater-than-five-years category increased to 17.4% from 8.8% due to the aforementioned decreases in the shorter maturity categories.

 

Table 11.  Maturity Distribution of Fixed and Variable Rate Loans

 

 

 

Maturing

 

 

 

 

 

Over one

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

through

 

Over five

 

 

 

 

 

five years

 

years

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With fixed interest rates

 

  $

46,701

 

  $

23,054

 

  $

69,755

 

With variable interest rates

 

62,694

 

67,811

 

130,505

 

Total

 

  $

109,395

 

  $

90,865

 

  $

200,260

 

 

Of the loans with maturities in excess of one year at year-end 2010, 34.8% had fixed interest rates, while 65.2% had variable rates, which compares to 28.6% and 71.4%, respectively, at year-end 2009. The change in mix of fixed and variable rate loans in 2010 reflects the overall decrease in our construction loan portfolio, which is comprised mostly of variable rate loans.

 

In January 2008, we entered into a derivative transaction to hedge cashflows received from a portion of our then existing variable rate loan portfolio for a period of five years. During this time, we received payments equal to a fixed interest rate of 6.25% from the counterparty on a notional amount of $400 million and, in return, we paid a floating rate to the counterparty, namely our prime rate, on the same notional amount. The purpose of the derivative transaction was to minimize the risk of fluctuations in interest payments received on our variable rate loan portfolio and the transaction was designated as a cash flow hedge. On September 1, 2009, we terminated the derivative transaction with the counterparty and received proceeds equivalent to its then fair market value of $18.0 million.

 

Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

As described above under “—Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates,” the Provision is determined by management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan portfolio and our assessment of the ability of the Allowance to cover inherent losses. Our methodology for determining the adequacy of the Allowance and Provision takes into account many factors, including the level and trend of nonperforming and potential problem loans, net charge-off experience, current repayment by borrowers, fair value of collateral securing specific loans, changes in lending and underwriting standards and general economic factors, nationally and in the markets we serve.

 

63



 

The Allowance consists of two components: allocated and unallocated. To calculate the allocated component, we combine specific reserves required for individual loans (including impaired loans), reserves required for pooled graded loans and loan concentrations, and reserves required for homogeneous loans (e.g., consumer loans and residential mortgage loans). We use a loan grading system whereby loans are segregated by risk. Certain graded commercial and commercial real estate loans are analyzed on an individual basis. Other graded loans are analyzed on an aggregate basis based on loss experience for the specific loan type; risks inherent in concentrations by geographic location, collateral or property type; and recent changes in loan grade and delinquencies. The determination of an allocated Allowance for homogeneous loans is done on an aggregate level based upon various factors including historical loss experience, delinquency trends, and economic conditions and are adjusted for qualitative factors including migration and volatility risks. The unallocated component of the Allowance incorporates our judgment of the determination of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio, economic uncertainties and imprecision in the estimation process.

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Allowance as of the dates or for the periods indicated.

 

Table 12. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average amount of loans outstanding

 

  $

2,716,090

 

  $

3,745,964

 

  $

4,209,045

 

  $

4,021,094

 

  $

3,689,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

  $

205,279

 

  $

119,878

 

  $

92,049

 

  $

52,280

 

  $

52,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

7,550

 

20,168

 

2,097

 

5,836

 

2,103

 

Real estate - construction

 

126,829

 

188,581

 

139,557

 

6,433

 

-

 

Real estate - mortgage - residential

 

21,042

 

16,563

 

383

 

379

 

-

 

Real estate - mortgage - commercial

 

41,280

 

34,156

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Consumer

 

3,242

 

4,058

 

3,518

 

3,544

 

4,148

 

Leases

 

19

 

2,182

 

131

 

-    

 

19

 

Total

 

199,962

 

265,708

 

145,686

 

16,192

 

6,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

2,421

 

453

 

295

 

876

 

2,134

 

Real estate - construction

 

13,902

 

450

 

40

 

7

 

-

 

Real estate - mortgage - residential

 

1,016

 

85

 

103

 

232

 

92

 

Real estate - mortgage - commercial

 

9,303

 

26

 

12

 

12

 

13

 

Consumer

 

1,259

 

1,294

 

1,397

 

1,831

 

2,017

 

Leases

 

88

 

-    

 

-    

 

2

 

8

 

Total

 

27,989

 

2,308

 

1,847

 

2,960

 

4,264

 

Net loans charged off

 

171,973

 

263,400

 

143,839

 

13,232

 

2,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision charged to operations

 

159,548

 

348,801

 

171,668

 

53,001

 

1,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

  $ 

192,854

 

  $

205,279

 

  $

119,878

 

  $

92,049

 

  $

52,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to loans and leases outstanding at end of year

 

8.89%

 

6.75%

 

2.97%

 

2.22%

 

1.36%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans charged off during year to average loans and leases outstanding during year

 

6.33%

 

7.03%

 

3.42%

 

0.33%

 

0.05%

 

 

64



 

Our Allowance at December 31, 2010 totaled $192.9 million, which represented a decrease of $12.4 million, or 6.1%, from year-end 2009. Despite the decrease, when expressed as a percentage of total loans, our Allowance increased to 8.89% at December 31, 2010, from 6.75% at year-end 2009. The decrease in our Allowance during 2010 was a result of $172.0 million in net loan charge-offs during the period, concentrated primarily on loans with direct exposure to the residential and commercial construction markets in California and Hawaii, offset by the $159.5 million Provision recognized during the current year. During 2010, we adjusted the general reserve factors used to calculate the Allowance for our commercial mortgage portfolios both in Hawaii and on the mainland, as well our residential mortgage loan portfolio, including the owner occupied, investor, and home equity segments. Our decision to increase the general reserves established for these loan categories were made after considering various quantitative and qualitative factors. These considerations included, but were not limited to, our recent loss history, a revised assessment of projected national and local economic and market conditions, the potential negative impact that the weak commercial and residential real estate markets may have on these portfolios, and input from our regulators.

 

The increase in our Allowance as a percentage of total loans and leases from year-end 2009 to year-end 2010 is consistent with the increased risk profile of our loan portfolio given the deterioration we saw in the commercial real estate markets in Hawaii and California, as well as the uncertainty existing in the national and local economic environments. Similarly, our Allowance as a percentage of our nonperforming assets also increased significantly from 41.07% at December 31, 2009 to 63.69% at December 31, 2010.

 

Despite the current year decrease in our nonperforming assets from $499.8 million at year-end 2009 to $302.8 million at year-end 2010 and our belief that we have begun to see initial signs of stabilization in the overall economy and the commercial real estate markets in Hawaii and on the mainland, the increase in our Allowance as a percentage of both our total loans and nonperforming assets was deemed appropriate to reflect the potential risk still inherent in our loan portfolio as evidenced by the increased charge-off activity that we experienced during 2010, the fact that we continue to experience downward, albeit slower, negative credit migration, and to consider the risk of further declines in property values securing our commercial and residential mortgage loans.

 

Various regulatory agencies periodically perform independent reviews of our Allowance and our Allowance methodology. Based on their reviews, these agencies may require us to increase our Allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

Depending on the overall performance of the local and national economies, the strength of the Hawaii and California commercial real estate markets and the accuracy of our assumptions and judgments concerning our loan portfolio, further adverse credit migration may continue due to the upcoming maturity of additional loans, the possibility of further declines in collateral values and the potential impact of continued financial stress on our borrowers, sponsors and guarantors as they attempt to endure the challenges of the current economic environment. While we have seen preliminary signs of stabilization, we cannot determine when, or if, the challenging market conditions that we experienced over the past three years will improve and whether or not the recent signs of an economic recovery will continue.

 

In accordance with GAAP, loans held for sale and other real estate assets are not included in our assessment of the Allowance.

 

The following table sets forth the allocation of the Allowance by loan category as of the dates indicated. Our practice is to make specific allocations on impaired loans and general allocations to each loan category based on management’s risk assessment and estimated loss rate.  During fiscal 2010, we enhanced our existing methodology for computing general reserves to include a more granular segmentation of our loan categories with recognition of specific risk characteristics by loan type, risk migration history and geography.  While our overall ALLL methodology did not change from previous periods, we believe the application of our existing methodology to a more detailed segmentation of our loan portfolio improves the quality of our ALLL calculation to better reflect the risks inherent in each of our loan categories.

 

The unallocated portion of the Allowance is maintained to provide for additional credit risk which may exist but may not be adequately accounted for in the specific and unspecified allocations due to the amount of judgment involved in the determination of the Allowance, the absence of perfect knowledge of all credit risks and the amount of uncertainty in predicting the strength of the economy and the sustainability of that strength.

 

65



 

Table 13. Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

of loans

 

 

 

of loans

 

 

 

of loans

 

 

 

of loans

 

 

 

of loans

 

 

 

Allowance

 

in each

 

Allowance

 

in each

 

Allowance

 

in each

 

Allowance

 

in each

 

Allowance

 

in each

 

 

 

for loan

 

category

 

for loan

 

category

 

for loan

 

category

 

for loan

 

category

 

for loan

 

category

 

 

 

and lease

 

to total

 

and lease

 

to total

 

and lease

 

to total

 

and lease

 

to total

 

and lease

 

to total

 

 

 

losses

 

loans

 

losses

 

loans

 

losses

 

loans

 

losses

 

loans

 

losses

 

loans

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

$

13,400

 

 

9.6

%

 

$

11,000

 

 

8.6

%

 

$

11,100

 

 

9.5

%

 

$

5,100

 

 

9.3

%

 

$

8,100

 

 

10.6

%

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

76,600

 

 

14.5

 

 

114,300

 

 

26.7

 

 

71,800

 

 

27.9

 

 

60,800

 

 

29.5

 

 

19,400

 

 

29.6

 

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

31,800

 

 

34.4

 

 

23,900

 

 

27.0

 

 

6,600

 

 

26.6

 

 

6,600

 

 

25.0

 

 

5,600

 

 

23.3

 

 

Commercial

 

64,300

 

 

35.0

 

 

44,300

 

 

31.9

 

 

19,100

 

 

30.1

 

 

10,500

 

 

29.8

 

 

9,600

 

 

30.1

 

 

Consumer

 

3,200

 

 

5.2

 

 

4,600

 

 

4.4

 

 

3,900

 

 

4.5

 

 

4,300

 

 

5.1

 

 

4,100

 

 

5.1

 

 

Leases

 

1,600

 

 

1.3

 

 

1,100

 

 

1.4

 

 

1,300

 

 

1.4

 

 

700

 

 

1.3

 

 

500

 

 

1.3

 

 

Unallocated

 

1,954

 

 

-   

 

 

6,079

 

 

-   

 

 

6,078

 

 

-   

 

 

4,049

 

 

-   

 

 

4,980

 

 

-   

 

 

Total

 

$

192,854

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

205,279

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

119,878

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

92,049

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

52,280

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

The increase in the allocation amounts for certain loan categories as noted above was necessary in light of increased losses and the challenging economic conditions referred to previously.

 

The Allowance allocated to commercial loans at year-end 2010 totaled $13.4 million, compared to $11.0 million at year-end 2009, representing 6.4% and 4.2% of total commercial loans, respectively.

 

The Allowance allocated to construction loans totaled $76.6 million, or 24.4%, of construction loans at year-end 2010, compared to $114.3 million, or 14.1%, of construction loans outstanding at year-end 2009. The decrease in the ending Allowance amount was primarily due to net charge-offs recorded during 2010 and the significant decrease in the construction loan portfolio. The increase in the Allowance, as a percentage of construction loans, is directly attributable to the elevated risk still inherent in this portfolio resulting from the recent deterioration of the Hawaii and California real estate construction markets and the reduced collateral values securing our outstanding balances.

 

The Allowance allocated to our residential mortgage loans increased to $31.8 million, or 4.3%, of total residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2010, compared to $23.9 million, or 2.9%, of related loans at year-end 2009. The increase in the Allowance allocated to our residential mortgage loan portfolio reflects the increased risk characteristics inherent in this loan category, including our owner occupied, investor, and home equity portfolios. During the year, we experienced higher delinquencies, increased strain on some of our borrowers, and continued pressure on property values, as well as a rise in residential foreclosures in Hawaii.

 

Commercial mortgage loans were allocated an Allowance of $64.3 million, or 8.5%, of those loans at December 31, 2010, compared to $44.3 million, or 4.6%, of commercial mortgage loans at year-end 2009. An overall rise in criticized loan balances and downward risk grading migration resulting from the depressed real estate sector, as well as the uncertainty that still exists in the national and local economies which led to an increase in the amount of Allowance allocated to this category during the year.

 

The allocated Allowance for consumer loans at December 31, 2010 decreased to $3.2 million from $4.6 million in the prior year, representing 2.8% of total consumer loans in 2010, compared to 3.4% in 2009.

 

We also allocated an Allowance for leases of $1.6 million, or 5.7%, of total leases, compared to $1.1 million, or 2.6%, of total leases as of year-end 2009.

 

66



 

We decreased the unallocated portion of the Allowance to $2.0 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $6.1 million at December 31, 2009. Given that more known and perceived risks attributable to particular market segments and geographical risk considerations have been incorporated into the determination of the allocated Allowance, we believe that maintaining the unallocated portion of the Allowance at the current level is reasonable. In the event that the overall volatility of present and future economic conditions, as well as the inherent uncertainty of the estimates and assumptions incorporated into our assessments change in the future, we will evaluate and, if necessary, adjust the level of our unallocated Allowance.

 

Nonperforming Assets, Accruing Loans Delinquent for 90 Days or More, Restructured Loans Still Accruing Interest

 

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more and restructured loans still accruing interest at the dates indicated.

 

Table 14. Nonperforming Assets, Past Due and Restructured Loans

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

982

 

$

8,377

 

$

1,426

 

$

231

 

$

3,934

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

182,073

 

362,557

 

119,178

 

61,017

 

-

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- residential

 

47,560

 

55,603

 

6,162

 

-

 

5,024

 

- commercial

 

14,464

 

45,847

 

5,462

 

293

 

-

 

Consumer

 

225

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Leases

 

-

 

466

 

335

 

-

 

-

 

Total nonaccrual loans

 

245,304

 

472,850

 

132,563

 

61,541

 

8,958

 

Other real estate

 

57,507

 

26,954

 

11,220

 

-

 

-

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

302,811

 

499,804

 

143,783

 

61,541

 

8,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

18

 

88

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

6,550

 

228

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- residential

 

1,800

 

2,680

 

582

 

586

 

364

 

Consumer

 

181

 

232

 

488

 

299

 

457

 

Leases

 

-

 

152

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Total accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more

 

8,531

 

3,292

 

1,070

 

903

 

909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured loans still accruing interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

-

 

2,745

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Mortgage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- residential

 

13,401

 

3,565

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Total restructured loans still accruing interest

 

13,401

 

6,310

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more and restructured loans still accruing interest

 

$

324,743

 

$

509,406

 

$

144,853

 

$

62,444

 

$

9,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans and leases, loans held for sale and other real estate

 

13.18%

 

15.85%

 

3.52%

 

1.47%

 

0.23%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets and accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more as a percentage of loans and leases, loans held for sale and other real estate

 

13.56%

 

15.96%

 

3.55%

 

1.49%

 

0.25%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets, accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more and restructured loans still accruing interest as a percentage of loans and leases, loans held for sale and other real estate

 

14.14%

 

16.16%

 

3.55%

 

1.49%

 

0.25%

 

 

Nonperforming assets, which includes nonaccrual loans and leases, nonperforming loans classified as held for sale and other real estate, totaled $302.8 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $499.8 million at year-end 2009. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2010 were comprised of $210.0 million in nonaccrual loans, $35.3 million in nonperforming loans classified as held for sale and $57.5 million in other real estate.

 

67



 

The decrease in 2010 was partially attributable to sales of $134.6 million in loans and property including $34.0 million in Hawaii construction and development loans, $12.8 million in Hawaii construction and development foreclosed properties, $6.8 million in Hawaii commercial mortgage loans, $5.6 million in Hawaii residential mortgage foreclosed properties, $25.3 million in mainland construction and development loans, $5.0 million in mainland construction and development loans held for sale, $12.0 million in mainland construction and development foreclosed properties, $24.8 million in mainland commercial mortgage loans, and $8.3 million in mainland commercial mortgage loans held for sale.

 

Also contributing to the decrease were partial and full charge-offs of $125.3 million in loans, including $73.8 million in Hawaii construction and development loans, $9.2 million in Hawaii commercial mortgage loans, $5.6 million in Hawaii residential mortgage loans, $2.4 million in Hawaii commercial loans, $23.6 million in mainland construction and development loans, and $10.7 million in mainland commercial mortgage loans and write-downs of loans held for sale and foreclosed properties totaling $7.6 million.

 

Offsetting these decreases were additions of $96.1 million in Hawaii construction and development loans, $42.2 million in Hawaii residential mortgage loans, $21.3 million in Hawaii commercial mortgage loans, $3.1 million in Hawaii commercial loans, $40.7 million in mainland construction and development loans, and $25.3 million in mainland commercial mortgage loans.

 

Loans delinquent for 90 days or more still accruing interest totaled $8.5 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $3.3 million at December 31, 2009.

 

Investment Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth the amounts and distribution of investment securities held as of the dates indicated.

 

Table 15. Distribution of Investment Securities

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Held to

 

Available

 

Held to

 

Available

 

Held to

 

Available

 

 

 

maturity (at

 

for sale

 

maturity (at

 

for sale

 

maturity (at

 

for sale

 

 

 

amortized cost)

 

(at fair value)

 

amortized cost)

 

(at fair value)

 

amortized cost)

 

(at fair value)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities

 

$

-

 

$

201,855

 

$

-

 

$

207,643

 

$

-

 

$

99,929

 

States and political subdivisions

 

500

 

12,619

 

500

 

51,485

 

1,984

 

124,390

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

2,328

 

486,964

 

4,204

 

613,088

 

6,713

 

411,308

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

-

 

17

 

-

 

46,469

 

-

 

106,091

 

Other

 

-

 

1,062

 

-

 

970

 

-

 

882

 

Total

 

$

2,828

 

$

702,517

 

$

4,704

 

$

919,655

 

$

8,697

 

$

742,600

 

 

Investment securities totaled $705.3 million at December 31, 2010, decreasing by $219.0 million, or 23.7%, from the $924.4 million held at December 31, 2009, which increased by $173.1 million, or 23.0%, from the $751.3 million at year-end 2008.

 

In the first quarter of 2010, as part of our recovery plan, we completed the sale of certain available for sale investment securities and received gross proceeds of $439.4 million. Gross realized gains and losses on the sales of the available for sale investment securities were $9.6 million and $8.8 million, respectively. We did not sell any available for sale investment securities during the second, third or fourth quarters of 2010. The basis on which the cost of all securities sold was determined using the specific identification method.

 

In addition to these sales, in the first quarter of 2010, we transferred certain securities formerly classified as available for sale to trading securities as we intended to sell these securities in the near-term as part of our recovery plan. In the second quarter of 2010, we sold $23.2 million of these trading securities and in the fourth quarter of 2010, we sold the remaining $21.6 million of securities classified as trading. Gross realized gains and losses on the sale of these securities were $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The transfer of these securities to the trading category was accounted for at fair value.

 

68



 

The net decrease in investment securities in 2010 was reflective of our intent to strengthen our liquidity position and reduce our balance sheet in connection with our recovery plan as further described in “—Capital Resources” below and Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Maturity Distribution of Investment Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth the maturity distribution of the investment portfolio and weighted average yields by investment type and maturity grouping at December 31, 2010.

 

Table 16. Maturity Distribution of Investment Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Carrying

 

average

 

Portfolio Type and Maturity Grouping

 

value

 

yield (1)

 

 

 

(Dollar in thousands)

 

Held-to-maturity portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

-

 

-

 %

After one but within five years

 

500

 

6.28

 

After five but within ten years

 

-

 

-

 

After ten years

 

-

 

-

 

Total States and political subdivisions

 

500

 

6.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

-

 

-

 

After one but within five years

 

2,289

 

3.87

 

After five but within ten years

 

-

 

-

 

After ten years

 

39

 

6.79

 

Total U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

2,328

 

3.92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity portfolio

 

$

2,828

 

4.34

 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

12,542

 

0.47

 %

After one but within five years

 

174,253

 

1.97

 

After five but within ten years

 

15,060

 

3.75

 

After ten years

 

-

 

-

 

Total U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities

 

201,855

 

2.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

-

 

-

 

After one but within five years

 

-

 

-

 

After five but within ten years

 

7,338

 

7.58

 

After ten years

 

5,281

 

7.92

 

Total States and political subdivisions

 

12,619

 

7.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

2,360

 

4.48

 

After one but within five years

 

10,612

 

3.81

 

After five but within ten years

 

117,077

 

2.58

 

After ten years

 

356,915

 

3.01

 

Total U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

486,964

 

2.93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

-

 

-

 

After one but within five years

 

-

 

-

 

After five but within ten years

 

-

 

-

 

After ten years

 

1,079

 

6.07

 

Total Other

 

1,079

 

6.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale portfolio

 

$

702,517

 

2.76

 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

$

705,345

 

2.77

 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  Weighted average yields are computed on an annual basis, and yields on tax-exempt obligations are computed on a taxable-equivalent basis using an assumed tax rate of 35%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

69



 

During 2010, the weighted average yield of the investment portfolio decreased by 138 bp to 2.77% from the prior year. The decrease in yield reflects the declining interest rate environment throughout 2010.

 

Deposits

 

The primary source of our funding comes from deposits in the state of Hawaii. In this competitive market, we strive to distinguish ourselves by providing quality customer service in our branch offices and establishing long-term relationships with businesses and their principals. Our focus has been to develop a large, stable base of core deposits, which are comprised of non-interest bearing and interest-bearing demand deposits, savings and money market deposits, and time deposits less than $100,000. Time deposits in amounts of $100,000 and greater are generally considered to be more price-sensitive than relationship-based and are thus given less focus in our marketing and sales efforts.

 

During 2010, our total deposits of $3.1 billion decreased by $436.0 million, or 12.2%, from total deposits of $3.6 billion at December 31, 2009, which decreased by $342.7 million, or 8.8%, over the year-end 2008 balance of $3.9 billion. The decrease in deposits in 2010 was primarily attributable to a $354.5 million decrease in time deposits, largely due to a planned reduction in government owned accounts as part of our recovery plan initiative to downsize our bank.

 

Our core deposits of $2.8 billion at December 31, 2010, decreased by $155.0 million, or 5.3%, from $3.0 billion at December 31, 2009, which increased by $145.8 million or 5.2% from December 31, 2008. Core deposits as a percentage of total deposits stood at 89.2% at December 31, 2010, compared to 82.7% at December 31, 2009, and 71.7% at December 31, 2008. The increase in our core deposits as a percentage of total deposits reflects our efforts to improve the composition of our deposit base by placing a greater emphasis on demand and savings accounts and a reduced reliance on time deposits.

 

The table below sets forth information regarding the average deposits and average rates paid for certain deposit categories for each of the years indicated. Average balances are computed using daily average balances. The average rate on time deposits, which are most sensitive to changes in market rates, decreased by 55 bp in 2010, while savings and money market and interest-bearing demand deposit rates decreased by 40 bp and 9 bp, respectively. The average rate paid on all deposits in 2010 decreased to 0.64% from 1.09% in 2009 and 1.63% in 2008. The drop in average rates paid in 2010 was attributable to the declining interest rate environment in which we, as well as other financial institutions throughout the country, operated in during 2010.

 

Table 17. Average Balances and Average Rates on Deposits

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

balance

 

rate paid

 

balance

 

rate paid

 

balance

 

rate paid

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

 $

581,857 

 

-

%

 

 $

594,888 

 

-

%

 

 $

592,697 

 

-

%

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

619,070 

 

0.14

 

 

544,910 

 

0.25

 

 

463,776 

 

0.19

 

 

Savings and money market deposits

 

1,092,378 

 

0.50

 

 

1,319,228 

 

0.90

 

 

1,094,690 

 

1.14

 

 

Time deposits

 

965,635 

 

1.49

 

 

1,431,785 

 

2.04

 

 

1,663,646 

 

2.94

 

 

Total

 

 $

3,258,940 

 

0.64

%

 

 $

3,890,811 

 

1.09

%

 

 $

3,814,809 

 

1.63

%

 

 

We expect overall deposit rates to remain suppressed in 2011 in response to the FRB’s current monetary policy of keeping interest rates low.  In addition to the external interest rate environment, the overall direction of rate movements in our deposit base will largely depend on the level of deposit growth we need to maintain adequate liquidity and competitive pricing considerations, which may be impacted by the repeal of federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts as part of the Dodd-Frank Act as further described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

 

70



 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth contractual obligations (excluding deposit liabilities) as of December 31, 2010.

 

Table 18. Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

Payments Due By Period

 

 

 

Less Than

 

 

 

 

 

More Than

 

 

 

 

 

One Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 $

202,480 

 

 $

-     

 

 $

-     

 

 $

-     

 

 $

202,480 

 

Long-term debt

 

181,010 

 

163,771 

 

1,077 

 

113,945 

 

459,803 

 

Pension plan obligations

 

2,546 

 

5,094 

 

5,120 

 

28,628 

 

41,388 

 

Operating leases

 

8,089 

 

13,752 

 

10,448 

 

30,132 

 

62,421 

 

Purchase obligations

 

6,228 

 

3,246 

 

1,096 

 

-     

 

10,570 

 

Total

 

 $

400,353 

 

 $

185,863 

 

 $

17,741 

 

 $

172,705 

 

 $

776,662 

 

 

Components of short-term borrowings and long-term debt are discussed in Notes 13 and 14, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Operating leases represent leases on bank premises as discussed in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Purchase obligations represent other contractual obligations to purchase goods or services at specified terms over a period in excess of one year including, but not limited to, software licensing agreements, equipment maintenance contracts and professional service contracts. Pension plan obligations include obligations under our defined benefit retirement plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, which are discussed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

Capital Resources

 

Common and Preferred Equity

 

Shareholders’ equity totaled $66.1 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $269.9 million, or 80.3%, from the $336.0 million at December 31, 2009, which decreased by $190.3 million, or 36.2%, from 2008. When expressed as a percentage of total assets, shareholders’ equity decreased to 1.7% at December 31, 2010, from 6.9% at December 31, 2009 and 9.7% at December 31, 2008.

 

On January 9, 2009, we issued $135.0 million in TARP Preferred Stock in connection with our participation in the Treasury’s TARP CPP. The TARP Preferred Stock qualifies as a component of Tier 1 capital. We began deferring dividend payments on the TARP Preferred Stock in the third quarter of 2009 as further described below.

 

Our tangible common equity ratio (defined as average tangible equity less preferred stock divided by average assets less average intangible assets) was (2.20)% at December 31, 2010, compared to 1.68% at December 31, 2009 and 6.59% at December 31, 2008. Our book value per share was $(42.18), $136.50 and $366.34 at year-end 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The declines in our tangible common equity ratio and book value per share were the result of continued operating losses primarily driven by increased credit costs, goodwill impairment charges and the valuation allowance established against our net DTAs.

 

As part of our recapitalization plan, we executed agreements under which we intend to sell $325 million in common stock in the Private Placement and consummate the TARP Exchange.  For further information, see the “Business — General” section above.

 

71



 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

We have five statutory trusts, CPB Capital Trust I, CPB Capital Trust II, CPB Statutory Trust III, CPB Capital Trust IV and CPB Statutory Trust V, which issued a total of $105.0 million in trust preferred securities. Our obligations with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the each trust’s obligations with respect to its trust preferred securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, we may elect from time to time to defer subordinated debenture interest payments, which would result in a deferral of dividend payments on the related trust preferred securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. We began deferring interest and dividend payments on the subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities in the third quarter of 2009, as well as on our TARP Preferred Stock. During the deferral period, which currently stands at six consecutive quarters, the respective trusts will likewise suspend the declaration and payment of dividends on the trust preferred securities. Also during the deferral period, we may not, among other things and with limited exceptions, pay cash dividends on or repurchase our common stock or preferred stock or make any payment on outstanding debt obligations that rank equally with or junior to the junior subordinated debentures. Accordingly, we also suspended the payment of cash dividends on our TARP Preferred Stock. During the deferral period, we will continue to accrue, and reflect in our consolidated financial statements, the deferred interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures and the deferred dividends on our outstanding TARP Preferred Stock. At December 31, 2010, accrued interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities was $5.1 million and accrued dividends and interest on our outstanding TARP Preferred Stock was $11.4 million. Assuming the completion of the Private Placement, we will seek regulatory approval to pay all deferred payments under our trust preferred securities.

 

The FRB has determined that certain cumulative preferred securities having the characteristics of the trust preferred securities qualify as non-controlling interest, and are included in CPF’s Tier 1 capital.

 

Recovery Plan

 

As previously discussed, in an effort to improve our overall financial health and meet the conditions of the Consent Order and the FRB Agreement, we have been aggressively pursuing all available alternatives to improve our capital ratios, including raising a substantial amount of new capital and reducing assets, as part of a recovery plan that was first adopted and implemented in March 2010.  Further details about our recovery plan and the progress we have made to date can be found in Note 2 of accompanying consolidated financial statements under the caption “Recovery Plan.”

 

Capital Requirements

 

The Consent Order required, among other things, that the bank increase its Tier 1 capital to maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio of at least 10% and total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12% by March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2010 and at December 31, 2010, the bank was not in compliance with the minimum ratios required by the Consent Order.

 

Assuming completion of the Private Placement in February 2011, our capital ratios are expected to exceed the minimum levels required by the Consent Order.

 

Holding Company Capital Resources

 

CPF is required to act as a source of strength to the bank under the Dodd-Frank Act. All of the funds CPF received from the sale of the TARP Preferred Stock were contributed by CPF to the bank as capital. CPF is obligated to pay its expenses, as well as dividends on the TARP Preferred Stock and payments on its junior subordinated debentures which fund payments on the outstanding trust preferred securities. CPF has limited capital resources to meet these obligations. As described above, CPF deferred the payment of dividends on our TARP Preferred Stock and trust preferred securities (along with interest on the related junior subordinated debentures) beginning in the third quarter of 2009. CPF has not received dividends from the bank since September 2008 and does not anticipate receiving dividends from the bank in the foreseeable future. For further information, see “Dividends — Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”

 

72



 

As of December 31, 2010, on a stand alone basis, CPF had an available cash balance of approximately $6.0 million in order to meet its ongoing obligations. Assuming the Private Placement is completed, CPF will retain a portion of the proceeds to fund its ongoing obligations.  While we expect these transactions to close in February of 2011, there is no assurance that we will be able to satisfy all of the remaining closing requirements on a timely basis.  If we do not complete the Private Placement on a timely basis, CPF will need additional funds to continue meeting its financial obligations sometime during the second half of 2011.  If this were to occur, CPF will seek approval from its regulators to obtain temporary financial support from the bank.  No agreement as to any such support has yet been obtained.

 

Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk

 

Our earnings and capital are sensitive to risk of interest rate fluctuations. Interest rate risk arises when rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities mature or reprice during different periods or in differing amounts. In the normal course of business, we are subjected to interest rate risk through the activities of making loans and taking deposits, as well as from our investment securities portfolio and other interest-bearing funding sources. Asset/liability management attempts to coordinate our rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities to meet our financial objectives.

 

Our Asset/Liability Management Policy seeks to maximize the risk-adjusted return to shareholders while maintaining consistently acceptable levels of liquidity, interest rate risk and capitalization. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee, or ALCO, monitors interest rate risk through the use of interest rate sensitivity gap, net interest income and market value of portfolio equity simulation and rate shock analyses. This process is designed to measure the impact of future changes in interest rates on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity. Adverse interest rate risk exposures are managed through the shortening or lengthening of the duration of assets and liabilities.

 

Interest rate risk can be analyzed by monitoring an institution’s interest rate sensitivity gap and changes in the gap over time. An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a specified time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, the earnings of an institution with a positive gap theoretically may be positively affected due to its interest-earning assets repricing to a greater extent than its interest-bearing liabilities. An adverse impact would be expected for an institution with a negative gap.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our interest rate sensitivity gap at December 31, 2010. The assumptions used in determining interest rate sensitivity of various asset and liability products had a significant impact on the resulting table. For purposes of this presentation, assets and liabilities are classified by the earliest repricing date or maturity. All interest-bearing demand and savings balances are included in the three-months-or-less category, even though repricing of these accounts is not contractually required and may not actually occur during that period. Since all interest rates and yields do not adjust at the same velocity or magnitude, and since volatility is subject to change, the interest rate sensitivity gap is only a general indicator of interest rate risk.

 

73



 

Table 19. Rate Sensitivity of Assets, Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over Six

 

Over One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three

 

Three

 

Through

 

Through

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Months

 

Through

 

Twelve

 

Three

 

Three

 

Nonrate

 

 

 

 

 

or Less

 

Six Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

Years

 

Sensitive

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

729,014

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

729,014

 

Investment securities

 

126,709

 

69,033

 

102,208

 

187,414

 

216,996

 

2,985

 

705,345

 

Loans held for sale

 

34,448

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

35,300

 

69,748

 

Loans and leases

 

682,390

 

211,114

 

281,358

 

449,471

 

335,767

 

209,344

 

2,169,444

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

48,797

 

48,797

 

Other assets

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

215,703

 

215,703

 

Total assets

 

$

1,572,561

 

$

280,147

 

$

383,566

 

$

636,885

 

$

552,763

 

$

512,129

 

$

3,938,051

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

611,744

 

$

611,744

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

1,916,365

 

239,521

 

238,287

 

101,442

 

25,588

 

-

 

2,521,203

 

Short-term borrowings

 

202,480

 

-

 

-    

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

202,480

 

Long-term debt

 

308,753

 

221

 

30,460

 

113,662

 

6,707

 

-

 

459,803

 

Other liabilities

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

66,766

 

66,766

 

Equity

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

76,055

 

76,055

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

2,427,598

 

$

239,742

 

$

268,747

 

$

215,104

 

$

32,295

 

$

754,565

 

$

3,938,051

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate sensitivity gap

 

$

(855,037)

 

$

40,405

 

$

114,819

 

$

421,781

 

$

520,468

 

$

(242,436)

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap

 

$

(855,037)

 

$

(814,632)

 

$

(699,813)

 

$

(278,032)

 

$

242,436

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

 

ALCO also utilizes a detailed and dynamic simulation model to measure and manage interest rate risk exposures. The monthly simulation process is designed to measure the impact of future changes in interest rates on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity and to allow ALCO to model alternative balance sheet strategies. The following reflects our net interest income sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2010, over a one-year horizon, assuming no balance sheet growth and given both a 200 bp upward and 100 bp downward parallel shift in interest rates.

 

Rate Change

 

 

Estimated Net Interest
Income Sensitivity

 

+200bp

 

 

 

4.67%

 

–100bp

 

 

 

(3.73)%

 

 

74



 

Table 20. Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

 

 

Expected Maturity Within

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

One Year

 

Two Years

 

Three Years

 

Four Years

 

Five Years

 

Thereafter

 

Book Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest-sensitive assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

$

729,014

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

729,014 

 

$

729,014 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.25%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.25%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate investments

 

$

293,671

 

$

100,056

 

$

87,357

 

$

57,626

 

$

43,865

 

$

117,089

 

$

699,664 

 

$

699,591 

Weighted average interest rates

 

2.51%

 

3.03%

 

2.96%

 

2.92%

 

2.87%

 

2.97%

 

2.78%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate investments

 

$

910

 

$

738

 

$

597

 

$

483

 

$

391

 

$

1,505

 

$

4,624 

 

$

4,777 

Weighted average interest rates

 

1.49%

 

0.83%

 

2.48%

 

3.72%

 

4.28%

 

3.27%

 

2.56%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investments

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

1,057

 

$

1,057 

 

$

1,062 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate loans

 

$

276,483

 

$

161,743

 

$

92,586

 

$

62,360

 

$

41,514

 

$

178,978

 

$

813,664 

 

$

680,479 

Weighted average interest rates

 

6.05%

 

5.86%

 

5.73%

 

5.72%

 

5.66%

 

5.56%

 

5.83%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate loans

 

$

604,588

 

$

227,736

 

$

123,285

 

$

76,340

 

$

49,863

 

$

99,072

 

$

1,180,884 

 

$

1,060,477 

Weighted average interest rates

 

5.18%

 

5.20%

 

6.12%

 

6.43%

 

7.13%

 

7.05%

 

5.60%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

48,797

 

$

48,797 

 

$

48,797 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total - December 31, 2010

 

$

1,904,666

 

$

490,273

 

$

303,825

 

$

196,809

 

$

135,633

 

$

446,498

 

$

3,477,704 

 

$

3,224,197 

Total - December 31, 2009

 

$

2,102,316

 

$

674,859

 

$

410,258

 

$

243,687

 

$

151,658

 

$

445,750

 

$

4,028,528 

 

$

3,852,850 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-sensitive liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 

$

1,729,361

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

1,729,361 

 

$

1,729,361 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.38%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.38%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

$

664,519

 

$

79,312

 

$

22,423

 

$

11,513

 

$

14,063

 

$

12

 

$

791,842 

 

$

793,333 

Weighted average interest rates

 

1.21%

 

1.87%

 

1.75%

 

2.81%

 

2.64%

 

1.07%

 

1.34%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

202,480

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

202,480 

 

$

202,351 

Weighted average interest rates

 

0.58%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.58%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

$

181,185

 

$

150,804

 

$

12,857

 

$

590

 

$

446

 

$

113,921

 

$

459,803 

 

$

407,175 

Weighted average interest rates

 

2.29%

 

3.08%

 

4.72%

 

6.50%

 

6.62%

 

5.62%

 

3.45%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total - December 31, 2010

 

$

2,777,545

 

$

230,116

 

$

35,280

 

$

12,103

 

$

14,509

 

$

113,933

 

$

3,183,486 

 

$

3,132,220 

Total - December 31, 2009

 

$

3,159,289

 

$

299,659

 

$

224,152

 

$

20,295

 

$

12,981

 

$

114,515

 

$

3,830,891 

 

$

3,783,012 

 

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent our forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including: the magnitude and timing of interest rate changes, prepayments on loans and investment securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment of asset and liability cashflows and others.

 

The table above presents information on financial instruments held that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For purposes of this presentation, expected maturities of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities are contractual maturities. Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, which have indeterminate maturities, are included in the earliest maturity category. The resulting table is based on numerous assumptions including prepayment rates on mortgage-related assets and forecasted market interest rates. See Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of the calculation of fair values.

 

Maturities and fair values of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities may vary from expectation if actual experience differs from the assumptions used.

 

75


 


 

Liquidity

 

Our objective in managing liquidity is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds in order to economically meet the cash requirements of customers for loans and deposit withdrawals and participate in lending and investment opportunities as they arise. We monitor our liquidity position in relation to changes in loan and deposit balances on a daily basis to assure maximum utilization, maintenance of an adequate level of readily marketable assets and access to short-term funding sources. We have employed, and continue to employ, a number of measures to improve our liquidity position, which includes reducing our reliance on non-core funding sources and decreasing our loan-to-deposit ratio from 85.2% at December 31, 2009 to 69.2% at December 31, 2010. In 2009, we sold certain Hawaii and California commercial real estate and construction loans with a carrying value of $180.2 million and Hawaii residential mortgage loans with an aggregate carrying value of $98.4 million. In 2010, we sold certain Hawaii and California commercial real estate and construction loans with a carrying value of $193.4 million.

 

The consolidated statements of cash flows identify the three major categories of sources and uses of cash as operating, investing and financing activities. As presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash provided by operating activities has provided a steady source of funds during the past three years. Cash provided by operating activities totaled $224.2 million in 2010, $131.1 million in 2009 and $274.0 million in 2008.  The primary source of cash provided by operating activities continues to be our net operating income, exclusive of non-cash items such as the Provision and asset impairments.

 

Net cash provided by investing activities amounted to $752.9 million and $486.0 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, compared to cash used in investing activities of $158.1 million in 2008. Investment securities and lending activities generally comprise the largest components of investing activities, although the level of investment securities activities are impacted by the relationship of loan and deposit growth during the period. In 2010 and 2009, net loan principal repayments accounted for $345.4 million and $328.4 million, respectively, of cash provided by investing activities, compared to net loan originations in 2008, which resulted in cash used in investing activities of $395.1 million. Net proceeds received from sales and maturities of investment securities totaled $164.2 million in 2010 and $113.5 million in 2008, compared to net purchases of investment securities of $123.9 million in 2009. Investing activities included proceeds from sales of loans originated for investment of $193.4 million in 2010, $278.6 million in 2009, and $112.9 million in 2008, securitized residential mortgage loans of $20.8 million in 2008, and other real estate of $29.5 million in 2010, $4.7 million in 2009, and $2.0 million in 2008. Investing activities in 2010 and 2009 also included proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment of $19.7 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

 

Cash used in financing activities totaled $674.7 million in 2010, $236.5 million in 2009 and $90.3 million in 2008. Deposit activities, borrowings and capital transactions represent the major components of financing activities. Net deposit contraction in 2010, 2009 and 2008 resulted in cash outflows of $436.0 million, $342.7 million and $91.2 million, respectively. Net cash outflows from long-term debt totaled $197.9 million in 2010, compared to $8.9 million of cash inflows in 2009 and $241.3 million of cash outflows in 2008. As with investment securities, the level of net borrowings is impacted by the levels of loan and deposit growth/contraction during the period. Capital transactions, primarily the issuance of preferred and common stock, dividends and stock repurchases totaled $0.9 million in cash outflows in 2010, compared to $134.3 million in cash inflows in 2009 resulting mainly from our participation in the TARP CPP and cash outflows of $21.3 million 2008.

 

For the holding company on a stand-alone basis, the primary source of funds in 2009 was the $134.4 million of proceeds received from the issuance of the TARP Preferred Stock under the TARP CPP, which was subsequently advanced to the bank.

 

Core deposits have historically provided us with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low cost funds but are subject to competitive pressure in our market. In addition to core deposit funding, we also have access to a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include proceeds from maturities of our investment securities, as well as secondary funding sources such as the FHLB, secured repurchase agreements and the Federal Reserve discount window, available to meet our liquidity needs. While we historically have had access to these other funding sources, continued access to these sources may not be guaranteed due to the current volatile market conditions and the Company’s and bank’s financial positions.

 

76



 

The bank is a member of and maintained a $1.0 billion line of credit with the FHLB as of December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, short-term and long-term borrowings under this arrangement totaled $200.0 million and $351.3 million, respectively, compared to $549.2 million in long-term borrowings at December 31, 2009. The bank has maintained the $200.0 million in short-term borrowings since March 2010. There were no short-term borrowings at December 31, 2009. FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2010 were secured by interest-bearing deposits at the FHLB of $1.6 million, our bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, other unencumbered investment securities with a fair value of $464.4 million and certain real estate loans totaling $309.6 million in accordance with the collateral provisions of the Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2010, our bank had additional unused FHLB advances available of approximately $101.8 million, however, the FHLB has no obligation to make future advances to the bank. Although the bank has not received any notice from the FHLB, the bank is in default under this arrangement by virtue of the Consent Order and the FHLB has the right to call all outstanding borrowings under this arrangement.

 

As previously mentioned, in December 2010, the bank paid down long-term borrowings at the FHLB totaling $106.0 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.78%. Prepaying these long-term borrowings resulted in the recognition of a one-time charge on the early extinguishment of debt totaling $5.7 million. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information regarding our long-term borrowings.

 

In February 2009, the bank’s collateral arrangement with the FHLB converted from a blanket pledge arrangement to a physical possession arrangement whereby the bank is required to deliver certain original loan documents to the FHLB for the collateral securing advances. In December 2010, the FHLB expanded the physical possession collateral arrangement to require copies of all loan documents for the collateral securing advances. These changes in the collateral arrangement do not affect the level of credit available to the bank. At December 31, 2010, the maximum borrowing term allowed to the bank by the FHLB was two years, and the bank has a credit line of 25% of total assets.

 

The bank also maintained a $45.0 million line of credit with the Federal Reserve discount window as of December 31, 2010. There were no borrowings under this arrangement at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Advances under this arrangement are secured by certain real estate loans totaling $166.2 million. At December 31, 2010, the entire $45.0 million was available to the bank for future borrowings; however, the Federal Reserve has a right to decline to make advances under this line of credit. At December 31, 2010, the bank was not eligible to access the Federal Reserve’s primary credit facility but still maintained access to its secondary facility. There was no change in the level of credit available to the bank; however, advances will have higher borrowing costs under the secondary facility. All terms and maturities of advances under this arrangement are at the discretion of the Federal Reserve and are generally limited to overnight borrowings. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for additional information regarding our short-term borrowings.

 

Our liquidity may be negatively impacted by unforeseen demands on cash. Over the past few years, sources of credit in the capital markets have tightened as mortgage loan delinquencies increased, demand for mortgage loans in the secondary market decreased, securities and debt ratings were downgraded and a number of institutions defaulted on their debt. The market disruptions that started in 2007 have continued through 2010. While market conditions have begun to show signs of improvement, it is still difficult for financial institutions to obtain funds by selling loans in the secondary market or through borrowings. Our liquidity may be further strained if our deposit customers withdraw funds due to uncertainties surrounding our financial condition or questions as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

77



 

Our ability to maintain adequate levels of liquidity is dependent on the successful execution of our recovery plan, and more specifically, our ability to complete our planned recapitalization, improve our risk profile, improve our financial results, and comply with the provisions of the Consent Order. Beyond the challenges specific to our situation, our liquidity may also be negatively impacted by further weakness in the financial markets and industry-wide reductions in liquidity.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into off-balance sheet arrangements to meet the financing needs of our banking customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written, forward foreign exchange contracts, forward interest rate contracts and interest rate swaps and options. These instruments and the related off-balance sheet exposures are discussed in detail in Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” In the unlikely event that we must satisfy a significant amount of outstanding commitments to extend credit, liquidity will be adversely impacted, as will credit risk. The remaining components of off-balance sheet arrangements, primarily interest rate options and forward interest rate contracts related to our mortgage banking activities, are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

Impact of New Accounting Standards

 

In January 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-01, Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20, which temporarily delays the effective date for public entities of the disclosures about troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) in ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The deferral will allow the FASB to complete its deliberations on what constitutes a TDR, and to coordinate the effective dates of the new disclosures about TDRs for public entities in ASU 2010-20 and the guidance for determining what constitutes a TDR. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

ITEM 7A.                             QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk is set forth under “Part II, Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk” and in Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under “Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

78



 

ITEM 8.          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Central Pacific Financial Corp.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that Central Pacific Financial Corp. will continue as a going concern. As discussed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company entered into a consent order dated December 8, 2009 with its primary banking regulators that among other things restricts certain operations and requires the Company to increase its leverage and total risk-based capital ratios to at least 10% and 12%, respectively, by March 31, 2010 and maintain such levels thereafter. The Company failed to meet the aforementioned capital ratio requirements as well as other requirements of the consent order. This situation raises substantial doubt about Central Pacific Financial Corp.’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Central Pacific Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 9, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii

February 9, 2011

 

79



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Central Pacific Financial Corp.:

 

We have audited Central Pacific Financial Corp.’s (the Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Central Pacific Financial Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated February 9, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

Honolulu, Hawaii

February 9, 2011

 

80



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

  $

 61,725

 

  $

 87,897

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

729,014

 

400,470

 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale, at fair value

 

702,517

 

919,655

 

Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $2,913 at December 31, 2010
and $4,804 at December 31, 2009)

 

2,828

 

4,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

705,345

 

924,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

69,748

 

83,830

 

Loans and leases

 

2,169,444

 

3,041,980

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

(192,854)

 

(205,279)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans and leases

 

1,976,590

 

2,836,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

57,390

 

75,189

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

11,279

 

14,588

 

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

14,856

 

17,395

 

Other real estate

 

57,507

 

26,954

 

Goodwill

 

-

 

102,689

 

Other intangible assets

 

44,639

 

45,390

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

142,296

 

139,811

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

48,797

 

48,797

 

Income tax receivable

 

2,223

 

39,839

 

Other assets

 

16,642

 

25,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

  $

 3,938,051

 

  $

 4,869,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

  $

 611,744

 

  $

 638,328

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

639,548

 

588,396

 

Savings and money market

 

1,089,813

 

1,195,815

 

Time

 

791,842

 

1,146,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

3,132,947

 

3,568,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

202,480

 

242,429

 

Long-term debt

 

459,803

 

657,874

 

Other liabilities

 

66,766

 

54,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

3,861,996

 

4,523,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding
135,000 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

130,458

 

128,975

 

Common stock, no par value, authorized 185,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding
1,527,000 shares at December 31, 2010 and 1,516,439 shares at December 31, 2009

 

404,167

 

405,355

 

Surplus

 

63,308

 

63,075

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(517,316)

 

(257,931)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(14,565)

 

(3,511)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

66,052

 

335,963

 

Non-controlling interest

 

10,003

 

10,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

76,055

 

345,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

  $

 3,938,051

 

  $

 4,869,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

81



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans and leases

 

  $

138,114

 

 

  $

201,573

 

 

  $

263,183

 

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable interest

 

19,699

 

 

36,392

 

 

34,793

 

 

Tax-exempt interest

 

1,068

 

 

4,020

 

 

5,373

 

 

Dividends

 

11

 

 

10

 

 

44

 

 

Interest on deposits in other banks

 

1,862

 

 

233

 

 

12

 

 

Interest on Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

-    

 

 

9

 

 

83

 

 

Dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

464

 

 

Total interest income

 

160,754

 

 

242,237

 

 

303,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand

 

885

 

 

1,351

 

 

860

 

 

Savings and money market

 

5,514

 

 

11,928

 

 

12,528

 

 

Time

 

14,390

 

 

29,267

 

 

48,917

 

 

Interest on short-term borrowings

 

1,177

 

 

548

 

 

6,563

 

 

Interest on long-term debt

 

20,135

 

 

24,621

 

 

33,129

 

 

Total interest expense

 

42,101

 

 

67,715

 

 

101,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

118,653

 

 

174,522

 

 

201,955

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

159,548

 

 

348,801

 

 

171,668

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses

 

(40,895

)

 

(174,279

)

 

30,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other service charges and fees

 

15,418

 

 

14,187

 

 

14,062

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

11,831

 

 

15,458

 

 

14,738

 

 

Net gain on sales of residential loans

 

8,468

 

 

13,582

 

 

7,717

 

 

Gain on sale of premises and equipment

 

7,698

 

 

3,612

 

 

-    

 

 

Income from bank-owned life insurance

 

4,809

 

 

5,249

 

 

4,876

 

 

Income from fiduciary activities

 

3,204

 

 

3,759

 

 

3,921

 

 

Investment securities gains (losses)

 

831

 

 

(74

)

 

265

 

 

Fees on foreign exchange

 

659

 

 

584

 

 

665

 

 

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

468

 

 

759

 

 

561

 

 

Loan placement fees

 

391

 

 

982

 

 

814

 

 

Other than temporary impairment on securities (net of $5,158 recognized in
other comprehensive loss for 2009)

 

-    

 

 

(2,565

)

 

-    

 

 

Other

 

3,259

 

 

1,880

 

 

7,189

 

 

Total other operating income

 

57,036

 

 

57,413

 

 

54,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

102,689

 

 

50,000

 

 

94,279

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

56,613

 

 

66,346

 

 

67,019

 

 

Legal and professional services

 

17,755

 

 

13,989

 

 

12,138

 

 

Net occupancy

 

13,650

 

 

13,415

 

 

12,764

 

 

Foreclosed asset expense

 

9,067

 

 

8,651

 

 

7,360

 

 

Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets

 

7,061

 

 

6,123

 

 

8,412

 

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

5,685

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

Equipment

 

5,337

 

 

6,081

 

 

5,722

 

 

Communication expense

 

3,985

 

 

4,317

 

 

4,484

 

 

Computer software expense

 

3,625

 

 

3,428

 

 

3,446

 

 

Advertising expense

 

2,531

 

 

3,266

 

 

3,358

 

 

Write down of assets

 

1,460

 

 

4,963

 

 

23,796

 

 

Loss on sale of commercial real estate loans

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

1,874

 

 

Other

 

37,636

 

 

36,297

 

 

28,170

 

 

Total other operating expense

 

267,094

 

 

216,876

 

 

272,822

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

(250,953

)

 

(333,742

)

 

(187,727

)

 

Income tax benefit

 

-    

 

 

(19,995

)

 

(49,313

)

 

Net loss

 

  $

(250,953

)

 

  $

(313,747

)

 

  $

(138,414

)

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

8,432

 

 

7,946

 

 

-    

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

 

  $

(259,385

)

 

  $

(321,693

)

 

  $

(138,414

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per common share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

 

  $

(171.13

)

 

  $

(220.56

)

 

  $

(96.56

)

 

Cash dividends declared

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

14.00

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

82



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 & 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings/

 

Other

 

Non

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

 

 

(Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Controlling

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Surplus

 

Deficit)

 

Income (Loss)

 

Interests

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

 

  $

-    

 

 

  $

403,304

 

 

  $

54,669

 

 

  $

222,644

 

 

  $

(6,214

)

 

  $

13,104

 

 

  $

687,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(138,414

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(138,414

)

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities, net of taxes of $927

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

1,383

 

 

-    

 

 

1,383

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives, net of taxes of $9,942

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

14,864

 

 

-    

 

 

14,864

 

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes of $(4,442)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(6,643

)

 

-    

 

 

(6,643

)

 

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(128,810

)

 

Cash dividends ($14.00 per share)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(20,112

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(20,112

)

 

50 shares of common stock issued in conjunction with stock option exercises and restricted stock awards

 

-    

 

 

9

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

9

 

 

319 shares of common stock purchased by directors’ deferred compensation plan

 

-    

 

 

(94

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(94

)

 

5,000 shares of common stock repurchased

 

-    

 

 

(1,404

)

 

-    

 

 

(356

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(1,760

)

 

3,731 shares of common stock issued under stock plans

 

-    

 

 

1,361

 

 

(833

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

528

 

 

Share-based compensation

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

2,087

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

2,087

 

 

Tax impact of stock options exercised

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

40

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

40

 

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(3,030

)

 

(3,030

)

 

Non-controlling interests

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(25

)

 

(25

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

 

  $

-    

 

 

  $

403,176

 

 

  $

55,963

 

 

  $

63,762

 

 

  $

3,390

 

 

  $

10,049

 

 

  $

536,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(313,747

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(313,747

)

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

4,808

 

 

-    

 

 

4,808

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(14,811

)

 

-    

 

 

(14,811

)

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

3,102

 

 

-    

 

 

3,102

 

 

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(320,648

)

 

Issuance of 135,000 shares of preferred stock and related warrants, net of costs

 

127,653

 

 

-    

 

 

6,750

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

134,403

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

1,322

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(7,946

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(6,624

)

 

77,475 shares of common stock issued under common stock offerings and stock plans, net of costs

 

-    

 

 

2,255

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

2,255

 

 

1,304 shares of common stock purchased by directors’ deferred compensation plan

 

-    

 

 

(76

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(76

)

 

Share-based compensation

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

362

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

362

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(23

)

 

(23

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

  $

128,975

 

 

  $

405,355

 

 

  $

63,075

 

 

  $

(257,931

)

 

  $

(3,511

)

 

  $

10,026

 

 

  $

345,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(250,953

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(250,953

)

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(2,966

)

 

-    

 

 

(2,966

)

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(7,377

)

 

-    

 

 

(7,377

)

 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(711

)

 

-    

 

 

(711

)

 

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(262,007

)

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

1,483

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(8,432

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(6,949

)

 

Common stock offerings and stock plan costs

 

-    

 

 

(1,182

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(1,182

)

 

201 shares of common stock purchased by directors’ deferred compensation plan

 

-    

 

 

(6

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(6

)

 

Share-based compensation

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

233

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

233

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(23

)

 

(23

)

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

  $

130,458

 

 

  $

404,167

 

 

  $

63,308

 

 

  $

(517,316

)

 

  $

(14,565

)

 

  $

10,003

 

 

  $

76,055

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

83



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

  $

(250,953

)

 

  $

(313,747

)

 

  $

(138,414

)

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

159,548

 

 

348,801

 

 

171,668

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

102,689

 

 

50,000

 

 

94,279

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

7,737

 

 

8,410

 

 

8,060

 

 

Gain on sale of premises and equipment

 

(7,698

)

 

(3,612

)

 

-    

 

 

Amortization and impairment of other intangible assets

 

7,061

 

 

6,123

 

 

8,412

 

 

Write down of assets

 

1,460

 

 

4,963

 

 

23,796

 

 

Write down of other real estate, net of gain on sale

 

6,317

 

 

8,651

 

 

7,360

 

 

Net amortization of investment securities

 

2,802

 

 

3,146

 

 

1,821

 

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

-    

 

 

21,900

 

 

(17,497

)

 

Share-based compensation

 

233

 

 

362

 

 

2,087

 

 

Net loss (gain) on investment securities

 

(831

)

 

74

 

 

(265

)

 

Net change in trading securities

 

49,126

 

 

-    

 

 

4,986

 

 

Other than temporary impairment on securities

 

-    

 

 

2,565

 

 

-    

 

 

Net gain on sales of residential loans

 

(8,468

)

 

(13,582

)

 

(7,717

)

 

Net loss on sale of commercial real estate loans

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

1,874

 

 

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

1,069,104

 

 

1,713,391

 

 

1,406,271

 

 

Originations of loans held for sale

 

(955,291

)

 

(1,709,681

)

 

(1,233,736

)

 

Tax benefits from share-based compensation

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(40

)

 

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

(468

)

 

(759

)

 

(561

)

 

Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

 

(4,554

)

 

(5,234

)

 

(4,892

)

 

Ineffective portion of derivative

 

-    

 

 

(3,365

)

 

(2,098

)

 

Loss on counterparty financing transaction

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

2,841

 

 

Decrease (increase) in income tax receivable

 

37,616

 

 

2,561

 

 

(40,912

)

 

Net change in other assets and liabilities

 

6,003

 

 

10,099

 

 

(13,335

)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

221,433

 

 

131,066

 

 

273,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities of and calls on investment securities available for sale

 

333,005

 

 

312,021

 

 

471,605

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

439,403

 

 

86,205

 

 

10,735

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

(610,081

)

 

(526,043

)

 

(406,155

)

 

Proceeds from maturities of and calls on investment securities held to maturity

 

1,843

 

 

3,939

 

 

36,899

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities held to maturity

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

454

 

 

Net loan principal repayments (loan originations)

 

347,252

 

 

328,353

 

 

(395,074

)

 

Proceeds from sales of loans originated for investment

 

193,390

 

 

278,580

 

 

112,871

 

 

Proceeds from sales of securitized residential mortgage loans

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

20,838

 

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

 

30,394

 

 

4,749

 

 

2,000

 

 

Purchase of bank-owned life insurance

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(250

)

 

Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance

 

2,069

 

 

794

 

 

1,224

 

 

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

19,715

 

 

7,207

 

 

-    

 

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(1,954

)

 

(6,135

)

 

(6,278

)

 

Distributions from unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

726

 

 

582

 

 

667

 

 

Contributions to unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

(136

)

 

(4,228

)

 

(880

)

 

Acquisition of businesses and non-controlling interests, net of cash acquired

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(6,738

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

755,626

 

 

486,024

 

 

(158,082

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in deposits

 

(435,969

)

 

(342,650

)

 

(91,153

)

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

50,000

 

 

100,000

 

 

30,000

 

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

(247,893

)

 

(91,093

)

 

(271,291

)

 

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

(39,949

)

 

(37,021

)

 

263,450

 

 

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(20,112

)

 

Cash dividends paid on preferred stock

 

-    

 

 

(2,362

)

 

-    

 

 

Tax benefits from share-based compensation

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

40

 

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(1,760

)

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option exercises

 

(1,023

)

 

2,255

 

 

536

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants

 

-    

 

 

134,403

 

 

-    

 

 

Other, net

 

147

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(674,687

)

 

(236,468

)

 

(90,290

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

302,372

 

 

380,622

 

 

25,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At beginning of year

 

488,367

 

 

107,745

 

 

82,129

 

 

At end of year

 

  $

790,739

 

 

  $

488,367

 

 

  $

107,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

  $

41,553

 

 

  $

71,596

 

 

  $

106,746

 

 

Income taxes

 

-    

 

 

1,532

 

 

13,857

 

 

Cash received during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

37,993

 

 

48,305

 

 

3,364

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in common stock held by directors’ deferred compensation plan

 

  $

6

 

 

  $

76

 

 

  $

94

 

 

Net reclassification of loans to other real estate

 

67,264

 

 

27,725

 

 

17,842

 

 

Net transfer of loans to loans held for sale

 

74,894

 

 

33,850

 

 

167,354

 

 

Net transfer of investment securities available for sale to trading

 

49,126

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

Securitization of residential mortgage loans into trading mortgage backed securities

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

4,995

 

 

Securitization of residential mortgage loans into available for sale mortgage backed securities

 

-    

 

 

50,146

 

 

10,936

 

 

Dividends accrued on preferred stock

 

7,096

 

 

4,262

 

 

-    

 

 

Accretion of preferred stock discount

 

1,336

 

 

1,322

 

 

-    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

84



 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

1.                                    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Description of Business

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp. is a bank holding company. Our principal operating subsidiary, Central Pacific Bank, is a full-service commercial bank with 34 branches and 120 ATMs located throughout the state of Hawaii. The bank engages in a broad range of lending activities including originating commercial loans, commercial and residential mortgage loans and consumer loans. The bank also offers a variety of deposit products and services. These include personal and business checking and savings accounts, money market accounts and time certificates of deposit. Other products and services include debit cards, internet banking, cash management services, traveler’s checks, safe deposit boxes, international banking services, night depository facilities and wire transfers. Wealth management products and services include non-deposit investment products, annuities, insurance, investment management, asset custody and general consultation and planning services.

 

We have the following four reportable segments: (1) Commercial Real Estate, (2) Hawaii Market, (3)  Treasury, and (4) Other. The Commercial Real Estate segment includes construction and real estate development lending in the markets we serve. The Hawaii Market segment includes retail branch offices, commercial lending, residential mortgage lending and servicing, indirect auto lending, trust services and retail brokerage services, and provides for a full range of deposit and loan products, as well as various other banking services. The Treasury segment is responsible for managing the Company’s investment securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities. The All Others category includes activities such as electronic banking, data processing and management of bank owned properties. For further information, see Note 26.

 

We have been subject to the Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the State of Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (“DFI”) and the Written Agreement (the “FRB Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRBSF”) since December 2009 and July 2010, respectfully.  On January 28, 2011, we also received a form of Memorandum of Understanding from the FDIC and the DFI (the “MOU”) which our regulators are requiring the bank to enter into related to our compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering requirements.  For further information regarding the Consent Order, the FRB Agreement and the MOU, please refer to Note 2 under the caption “Regulatory Action.”

 

In an effort to improve our overall financial position and meet the conditions of the Consent Order and the FRB Agreement, we have been aggressively pursuing all available alternatives to improve our capital ratios, including raising a substantial amount of new capital and reducing assets, as part of a recovery plan that was first adopted and implemented in March 2010.  Further details about our recovery plan and the progress we have made to date can be found in Note 2 under the caption “Recovery Plan.”

 

85



 

With respect to our capital raising efforts, we completed a number of key milestones during the past three months as we pursued our previously announced plans to raise $325 million of new capital through a private placement offering (the “Private Placement”). Specifically, we entered into definitive agreements in November 2010 (which were later amended) with affiliates of each of The Carlyle Group (“Carlyle”) and Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C (“Anchorage” and, together with Carlyle, the “Lead Investors”) pursuant to which each lead investor agreed to invest approximately $98.6 million in our common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split referred to below). In December 2010, we entered into separate subscription agreements with additional investors, including certain of our directors and officers and their affiliates, pursuant to which the additional investors have agreed to invest an aggregate of approximately $127.8 million in our common stock, which together with the investments of the Lead Investors, would aggregate to the $325 million of new capital that we are seeking, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split). We expect to enter into additional subscription agreements and amendments to the investment agreements and certain existing subscription agreements to finalize allocations of the $325 million capital raise in anticipation of satisfying all closing conditions. As a result of these amendments and new subscription agreements, we expect that each lead investor will be investing approximately $94.6 million and the other investors will invest the remaining amount of approximately $135.8 million.

 

In December 2010, the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”) agreed to exchange our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “TARP Preferred Stock”) purchased by the Treasury under the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for approximately $55.8 million in our common stock (the “TARP Exchange”), subject to the execution of a definitive exchange agreement. The number of shares in the TARP Exchange will be based on the same per share purchase price as payable by the Lead Investors and the additional investors in the Private Placement. The Company and Treasury also agreed to amend the ten-year warrant to purchase shares of common stock (the “TARP Warrant”) issued to the Treasury in connection with the Treasury’s investment in the TARP Preferred Stock to, among other things, reduce the exercise price to the same per share purchase price in the Private Placement. The closings of the Private Placement and TARP Exchange are conditional upon one another, along with the receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. We expect to complete the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange in February 2011, assuming the satisfaction of all remaining conditions to closing. Assuming completion of the Private Placement, our regulatory capital ratios are expected to exceed the minimum levels required by the Consent Order. However, we cannot provide absolute assurance that all remaining closing conditions will be satisfied timely or at all. If we do not complete the Private Placement on a timely basis, we will be unable to comply with the capital ratio requirements in the Consent Order and may be subject to the regulatory restrictions described in Note 2 under the heading “Regulatory Action.”

 

In anticipation of the completion of the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange, we effected a 1-for-20 reverse split on February 2, 2011. The reverse stock split was previously approved by our shareholders at the shareholder meeting on May 24, 2010. No fractional shares of common stock were issued as a result of the reverse stock split. For each holder of common stock, the number of shares held prior to the effectiveness of the reverse stock split were divided by twenty and, if the resulting number was not a whole number, then such number was rounded up to the next nearest whole number. Except as otherwise specified, the share and per share amounts included herein have been restated to give effect to this reverse stock split. For more information on the reverse stock split, please see our proxy statement for the 2010 shareholders meeting filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)

 

As previously announced and as part of the recapitalization, we also intend to commence a rights offering following the closing of the Private Placement and TARP Exchange whereby shareholders of record as of the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the closing date will receive transferable rights to purchase newly issued shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (after giving effect to the reverse stock split). The rights will provide for the purchase of up to $20.0 million of the Company’s common stock by holders of such rights.

 

Assuming the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange are completed, we will be subject to certain ongoing obligations under the Investment Agreements with the Lead Investors, the subscription agreements with the additional investors and the exchange agreement with the Treasury as described below.  Each Lead Investor will be entitled to a Board seat so long as it owns, together with its affiliates, 10% or more of our common stock and to an observer to the Board so long as it owns, together with its affiliates, 5% or more of our common stock.  The Treasury will be entitled to an observer to the Board so long as it owns, together with its affiliates, 5% or more of common stock (treating the warrant it holds on an as exercised basis).  Each Lead Investor and the additional investors are also entitled to certain preemptive rights in connection with certain equity issuances by CPF.  Each Lead Investor, the additional investors and the Treasury will also have the benefit of certain registration rights under their respective agreements with us.  Additionally, the Company agreed to provide the investors certain indemnities under the agreements.  The summaries of the various agreements mentioned above are qualified by reference to the full text of those agreements.

 

When we refer to “the Company,” “we,” “us” or “our,” we mean Central Pacific Financial Corp. & Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to “Central Pacific Financial Corp.” or to the holding company, we are referring to the parent company on a standalone basis.

 

86



 

The banking business depends on rate differentials, the difference between the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings and the interest rates received on loans extended to customers and investment securities held in our portfolio. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Accordingly, the earnings and growth of the Company are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. We acquired Hawaii HomeLoans (“HHL”), which is now known as Central Pacific HomeLoans (“CPHL”), on August 17, 2005 and we acquired Pacific Islands Financial Management LLC (“PIFM”) on July 1, 2008. The results of operations of CPHL and PIFM are included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition dates.

 

We have a 50% ownership interest in each of the following mortgage brokerage companies: Pacific Access Mortgage, LLC; Gentry HomeLoans, LLC; and Towne Island Mortgage, LLC. These investments are accounted for using the equity method and are included in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries. We also have non-controlling equity investments in affiliates that are accounted for under the cost method and are included in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries.

 

Our investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries accounted for under the equity and cost methods were $0.7 million and $14.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and $1.0 million and $16.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009. Our policy for determining impairment of these investments includes an evaluation of whether a loss in value of an investment is other than temporary. Evidence of a loss in value includes absence of an ability to recover the carrying amount of the investment or the inability of the investee to sustain an earnings capacity which would justify the carrying amount of the investment. We perform impairment tests whenever indicators of impairment are present. If the value of an investment declines and it is considered other than temporary, the investment is written down to its respective fair value in the period in which this determination is made.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that reflect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance and provision for loan and lease losses, reserves for unfunded commitments, residential mortgage repurchase reserves and deferred income tax assets and income tax expense, as well as the valuation of investment securities, other intangible assets and the related amortization thereon, pension liability and the fair value of certain financial instruments.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2010 presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on the Company’s reported net loss or shareholders’ equity.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, we consider cash and cash equivalents to include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold and all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

 

87



 

Investment Securities

 

Investments in debt securities and marketable equity securities are designated as trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Securities are designated as held to maturity only if we have the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity. Held to maturity debt securities are reported at amortized cost. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in earnings. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”).

 

We use current quotations, where available, to estimate the fair value of investment securities. Where current quotations are not available, we estimate fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows. We consider the facts of each security including the nature of the security, the amount and duration of the loss, credit quality of the issuer, the expectations for that security’s performance and our intent and ability to hold the security until recovery. Declines in the value of debt securities and marketable equity securities that are considered other than temporary are recorded in other operating income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are recorded in other operating income using the specific identification method.

 

We amortize premiums and accrete discounts associated with investment securities using the interest method over the life of the respective security instrument.

 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”), the bank is required to obtain and hold a specific number of shares of capital stock of the FHLB based on the amount of outstanding FHLB advances. The securities are reported at cost and are presented separately in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans held for sale consists of Hawaii residential mortgage loans, as well as residential and commercial construction loans. Hawaii residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value on an aggregate basis, while mainland residential and commercial construction loans are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis. Net fees and costs associated with originating and acquiring residential mortgage loans held for sale are deferred and included in the basis for determining the gain or loss on sales of loans held for sale.

 

Loans originated with the intent to be held in our portfolio are subsequently transferred to held for sale when a decision is made to sell these loans. At the time of a loan’s transfer to the held for sale account, the loan is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Any reduction in the loan’s value is reflected as a write-down of the recorded investment resulting in a new cost basis, with a corresponding reduction in the allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

In subsequent periods, if the fair value of a loan classified as held for sale is less than its cost basis, a valuation adjustment is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense and the carrying value of the loan is adjusted accordingly. The valuation adjustment may be recovered in the event that the fair value increases, which is also recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in other operating expense.

 

The fair value of loans classified as held for sale are generally based upon quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, acceptance of firm offer letters with agreed upon purchase prices, discounted cash flow models that take into account market observable assumptions, or independent appraisals of the underlying collateral securing the loans. Collateral values are determined based on appraisals received from qualified valuation professionals and are obtained periodically or when indicators that property values may be impaired are present.

 

88



 

We sell residential mortgage loans under industry standard contractual provisions that include various representations and warranties, which typically cover ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan, and other similar matters. We may be required to repurchase certain loans sold with identified defects, indemnify the investor, or reimburse the investor for any credit losses incurred. Our repurchase risk generally relates to early payment defaults and borrower fraud. We establish residential mortgage repurchase reserves to reflect this risk based on our estimate of losses after considering a combination of factors, including our estimate of future repurchase activity and our projection of expected credit losses resulting from repurchased loans. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, this reserve totaled $5.0 million $0.2 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

Loans

 

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Unearned income represents net deferred loan fees that are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield. Net deferred loan fees are amortized using the interest method over the contractual term of the loan, adjusted for actual prepayments. Unamortized fees on loans paid in full are recognized as a component of interest income.

 

Interest income on loans is recognized on an accrual basis. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when interest payments are 90 days past due, or earlier should management determine that the borrowers will be unable to meet contractual principal and/or interest obligations, unless the loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income should management determine that the collectibility of such accrued interest is doubtful. All subsequent receipts are applied to principal outstanding and no interest income is recognized unless the financial condition and payment record of the borrowers warrant such recognition. A nonaccrual loan may be restored to an accrual basis when principal and interest payments are current and full payment of principal and interest is expected.

 

Leases

 

We provide equipment financing to our customers through a variety of lease arrangements. Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income. Unearned income on direct financing leases is amortized over the lease terms by methods that approximate the interest method.

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

The allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”) is established through provisions for loan and lease losses (the “Provision”) charged against income. Loans, to the extent deemed uncollectible, are charged off against the Allowance and all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Subsequent receipts, if any, are credited first to the remaining principal, then to the Allowance as recoveries, and finally to unaccrued interest.

 

The Allowance is maintained at a level that management deems sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Our methodology for determining the adequacy of the Allowance takes into account many factors, including the level and trend of nonperforming and potential problem loans, net charge-off experience, current repayment by borrowers, fair value of collateral securing specific loans, changes in lending and underwriting standards and general economic factors, nationally and in the markets in which we operate. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review our Allowance. Such agencies may require that we recognize additions to the Allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

89



 

We consider current information and events regarding our borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations and treat a loan as impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, if the loan is considered to be collateral dependent, based on the fair value of the collateral. Impairment losses are included in the Allowance through a charge to the Provision.

 

For smaller-balance homogeneous loans (primarily residential real estate and consumer loans), the Allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the quality, character and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, current and projected economic conditions, and past loan loss experience.

 

Delinquent consumer loans and residential mortgage loans are charged off or written down within 120 days, unless determined to be adequately collateralized or in imminent process of collection. Delinquent commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans are charged off or written down when management determines that collectibility is doubtful and the principal amount of the loans cannot be repaid from proceeds of collateral liquidation.

 

Our process for determining the reserve for unfunded commitments is consistent with our process for determining the Allowance and is adjusted for estimated loan funding probabilities. Reserves for unfunded commitments are recorded separately through a valuation allowance included in other liabilities. Credit losses for off-balance sheet credit exposures are deducted from the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures in the period in which the liability is settled. The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit losses is established by a charge to other operating expense.  The reserve for unfunded commitments totaled $5.6 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are included in other operating expense and are computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the applicable leases. Useful lives range from five to thirty-nine years for premises and improvements, and one to seven years for equipment. Major improvements and betterments are capitalized, while recurring maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense. Net gains or losses on dispositions of premises and equipment are included in other operating expense.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Prior to March 31, 2010 when we wrote off all remaining goodwill on our balance sheet, goodwill was tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances, and written down when impaired. Material amounts of goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units were tested for impairment by comparing their respective fair values to their carrying values. Our impairment assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets involves, among other valuation methods, the estimation of future cash flows and the fair value of reporting units to which goodwill is allocated. We reconcile the estimated fair values of our reporting units to our total market capitalization plus a control premium. Estimating future cash flows and determining fair values of the reporting units is judgmental and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on whether or not an impairment charge is recognized and also the magnitude of the impairment charge. Absent any impairment indicators, we performed our goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.  See Note 10 for further information regarding the $102.7 million impairment charge that we recorded during the first quarter of 2010 to write-off all remaining goodwill on our balance sheet.

 

90



 

Other intangible assets include core deposit premiums, mortgage servicing rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements, which are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Other intangible assets are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment. Core deposit premiums are amortized on an accelerated basis over a 14-year period. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold with servicing rights retained, thereby creating a right to receive loan servicing fees. These rights are assessed for impairment on a quarterly basis. Any such indicated impairment is recognized in income during the period in which it occurs. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized over the period of estimated net servicing income. Customer relationships and non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of ten and five years, respectively.

 

Other Real Estate

 

Other real estate is composed of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings and is initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property, thereby establishing the new cost basis of other real estate. Losses arising at the time of acquisition of such properties are charged against the Allowance. Subsequent to acquisition, such properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling expenses, determined on an individual asset basis. Any deficiency resulting from the excess of cost over fair value less estimated selling expenses is recognized as a valuation allowance. Any subsequent increase in fair value up to its cost basis is recorded as a reduction of the valuation allowance. Increases or decreases in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expense. Net gains or losses recognized on the sale of these properties are included in other operating income.

 

Non-Controlling Interest

 

Non-controlling interest is comprised of preferred stock issued to third parties by the Company’s subsidiaries, CPB Real Estate, Inc. and Citibank Properties, Inc.

 

Share Based Compensation

 

On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions within ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Under this guidance, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair-value of stock-based awards and we recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards on a straight-line basis over their respective vesting period. See Note 16 for further discussion of our stock-based compensation.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. A valuation allowance may be required if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years, to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future taxable income and tax planning strategies that could be implemented to accelerate taxable income, if necessary. If our estimates of future taxable income were materially overstated or if our assumptions regarding the tax consequences of tax planning strategies were inaccurate, some or all of our deferred tax assets may not be realized, which would result in a charge to earnings. Our continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in interest expense and other expense, respectively.

 

We establish income tax contingency reserves for potential tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Tax benefits are recognized when we determine that it is more likely than not that such benefits will be realized. Where uncertainty exists due to the complexity of income tax statutes, and where the potential tax amounts are significant, we generally seek independent tax opinions to support our positions. If our evaluation of the likelihood of the realization of benefits is inaccurate, we could incur additional income tax and interest expense that would adversely impact earnings, or we could receive tax benefits greater than anticipated which would positively impact earnings.

 

91



 

Loss per Share

 

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding unvested restricted stock. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, increased by the dilutive effect of stock options and stock awards, less shares held in a Rabbi trust pursuant to a deferred compensation plan for directors.

 

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts

 

We are periodically a party to a limited amount of forward foreign exchange contracts to satisfy customer requirements for foreign currencies. These contracts are not utilized for trading purposes and are carried at market value, with realized gains and losses included in fees on foreign exchange.

 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

 

We recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. On the date that we enter into a derivative contract, we designate the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of an identified asset or liability (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to an identified asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”) or (3) a transaction not qualifying for hedge accounting (“free standing derivative”). For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative and, to the extent that it is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability, attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period net income in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative, to the extent that it is effective, is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”). These changes in fair value are subsequently reclassified to net income in the same period(s) that the hedged transaction affects net income in the same financial statement category as the hedged item. For free standing derivatives, changes in fair values are reported in current period other operating income.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued certain guidance included in the Accounting Standards Codification (the “ASC”) 860-10 which required more information about transfers of financial assets and where companies have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. We adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2010.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued certain guidance included in ASC 942-810 which changed how a company determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. We adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2010.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820), Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements. This ASU required new disclosures regarding transfers and activity within the three levels of fair value hierarchy, as well as enhanced disclosures regarding the class of assets disclosed and the inputs and valuation techniques used to determine fair value. We adopted this statement effective January 1, 2010.

 

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310), Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. This ASU requires a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of loan and leases and the allowance for loan and lease losses. This ASU also requires additional disclosures related to past due information, credit quality indicators and information related to loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring. This ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. We adopted this statement effective December 31, 2010.

 

92



 

The adoption of the pronouncements described above did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

2.                                    GOING CONCERN AND REGULATORY MATTERS

 

While we have begun to see initial signs of improvement in the overall economy and our credit risk profile during the fourth quarter of 2010, we continue to operate in a difficult environment, and have been significantly impacted by the unprecedented credit and economic market turmoil, as well as the recessionary economy that began in the latter part of 2007. Deterioration in the Hawaii and California commercial real estate markets and related declines in property values in those markets over the past three years has led to the recognition of significant credit costs, which negatively impacted our operating results, capital position and overall financial health.

 

Going Concern

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business. Although our regulatory capital ratios are expected to exceed the minimum levels required by the Consent Order assuming completion of the Private Placement, we currently are not in full compliance with certain requirements of the Consent Order or the FRB Agreement, which are described more fully below. Failure to meet the existing requirements under the Consent Order or the FRB Agreement exposes us to additional restrictions and regulatory actions, including regulatory take-over. Although we expect to complete the Private Placement in February 2011, assuming the satisfaction of all remaining conditions to closing, there is still uncertainty as to our ability to meet existing or future regulatory requirements, which raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon many factors, including regulatory action, the actual completion of the Private Placement and the ability of management to achieve the remaining objectives in its recovery plan, which is discussed below. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Liquidity

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $790.7 million. We also have potential access to a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include proceeds from maturities of our investment securities, as well as secondary funding sources such as the FHLB, secured repurchase agreements and the Federal Reserve discount window, available to meet our liquidity needs. As further discussed in Notes 13, 14, and 15, the Company’s liquidity position may be adversely affected by dividend limitations imposed on us and our access to these funding sources. Our ability to maintain adequate levels of liquidity is dependent on the successful execution of our recovery plan, as discussed below, and more specifically, our ability to further reduce our loan portfolio, improve our risk profile, improve our financial performance, and comply with the provisions of the Consent Order.

 

Regulatory Action

 

Since December 2009, our bank has been subject to the Consent Order that requires our bank to improve our capital position, asset quality, liquidity and management oversight, among other matters. Specifically, we were required to increase and maintain our leverage and total risk-based capital ratios to at least 10% and 12%, respectively, by March 31, 2010. In addition to these capital ratio requirements, we are also required to maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses at all times and systematically reduce our commercial real estate loans, particularly land development and construction loans. We must also obtain approval from the FDIC and DFI before paying cash dividends or making other payments from the bank to Central Pacific Financial Corp. The Consent Order was filed as an exhibit to the 2009 annual report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 10.28 and the FDIC has made a copy of the Consent Order available on their website at www.fdic.gov.

 

93



 

In addition to the Consent Order, on July 2, 2010, Central Pacific Financial Corp. entered into the FRB Agreement with the FRBSF and DFI which supersedes in its entirety the Memorandum of Understanding that the Company entered into on April 1, 2009 with the FRBSF and DFI. Among other matters, the FRB Agreement provides that unless we receive the consent of the FRBSF and DFI, we cannot: (i) pay dividends; (ii) receive dividends or payments representing a reduction in capital from Central Pacific Bank; (iii) directly or through its non-bank subsidiaries make any payments on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities; (iv) directly or through any non-bank subsidiaries incur, increase or guarantee any debt; or (v) purchase or redeem any shares of its stock. The FRB Agreement also requires that our Board of Directors fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to ensure that the bank complies with the Consent Order. Additionally, we were required to submit to the FRBSF an acceptable capital plan and cash flow projection. The FRB Agreement is included in a Form 8-K which we filed on July 9, 2010, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

Although the bank expects to be in compliance with the capital ratio requirements in the Consent Order following the completion of the Private Placement, we currently are not and will not at such completion be in compliance with a number of other requirements in the Consent Order. We cannot assure you whether or when the bank will be in full compliance or whether or when the Consent Order and FRB Agreement will be lifted or terminated. Even if lifted or terminated, we may still be subject to memoranda of understanding or other agreements with regulators that restrict our activities or that continue to impose capital requirements. The requirements and restrictions of the Consent Order are judicially enforceable and the Company or bank’s failure to comply with such requirements and restrictions may subject the Company and bank to additional regulatory restrictions including: the imposition of civil monetary penalties; the termination of insurance of deposits; the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties; the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; the issuance of directives to increase capital or enter into a strategic transaction, whether by merger or otherwise, with a third party, if we again fall below the capital ratio requirements; and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders.

 

On January 28, 2011, the bank received a form of Memorandum of Understanding (the “MOU”) from the FDIC and DFI relating to the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”). Under the draft MOU, the bank will be required to (i) fully comply with the BSA and anti-money laundering requirements, (ii) implement a plan to ensure such compliance, including improving and maintaining an adequate system of internal controls, bolstering policies on customer due diligence, providing for comprehensive independent testing to validate compliance, and maintaining an adequate compliance staff, (iii) correct all deficiencies identified by our regulators and (iv) provide them with progress reports. We expect the MOU to become effective by the end of February 2011.

 

Recovery Plan

 

As previously discussed, we have been aggressively pursuing all available alternatives to improve our capital ratios, including raising capital and reducing assets, as part of a recovery plan that was first adopted and implemented in March 2010. The recovery plan, which was developed with the assistance of our outside advisors, was designed to improve our financial health by completing a significant recapitalization, aggressively reducing our credit risk exposure and focusing on our core businesses and traditional markets in Hawaii.

 

In addition to recapitalizing our Company, key elements of the recovery plan included, but were not limited to:

 

·                  Aggressively managing the bank’s existing loan portfolios to minimize further credit losses and to maximize recoveries;

 

·                  Shrinking the bank’s balance sheet, including the sale of pledged securities and reducing public deposits and repurchase positions;

 

·                  Reducing the bank’s loan portfolio through paydowns and restructurings; and

 

·                  Lowering operating costs to align with the restructured business model.

 

94



 

Throughout 2010 and thus far through 2011, we accomplished several significant milestones that will contribute to the efforts of the recovery plan, including:

 

·                  In November 2010, we entered into definitive agreements with the Lead Investors (which were later amended) pursuant to which each lead investor agreed to invest approximately $98.6 million of the contemplated $325 milion capital raise.

 

·                  In December 2010, we entered into separate subscription agreements with additional investors, including certain directors and officers of the Company and their affiliates, pursuant to which the additional investors have agreed to invest an aggregate of approximately $127.8 million, which together with the investments of the Lead Investors, would aggregate to the $325 million of new capital that we are seeking. We expect to enter into additional subscription agreements and amendments to the investment agreements and certain existing subscription agreements to finalize allocations of the $325 million capital raise in anticipation of satisfying all closing conditions. As a result of these amendments and new subscription agreements, we expect that each lead investor will be investing approximately $94.6 million and the other investors will invest the remaining amount of approximately $135.8 million.

 

·                  In December 2010, the Treasury agreed to exchange our TARP Preferred Stock and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for approximately $56.1 million of our common stock, subject to the execution of a definitive exchange agreement. The closings of the capital raise and the TARP Exchange are conditional upon one another, along with the receipt of requisite regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

 

·                  Assuming completion of the Private Placement, our regulatory capital ratios are expected to exceed the minimum amounts required by the Consent Order.

 

·                  Reduced our nonperforming assets from $499.8 million at December 31, 2009 to $302.8 million at December 31, 2010.

 

·                  Sold investment securities totaling $484.2 million at a net gain of $1.5 million during fiscal 2010, which reduced our total investment securities as a percentage of total assets from 19.0% at December 31, 2009 to 17.9% at December 31, 2010.

 

·                  Reduced our credit risk exposure in the non-agency mortgage-backed-securities (“MBS”) and municipal securities portfolios by $52.7 million and $37.7 million, respectively. Our remaining exposure to the non-agency MBS and municipal securities portfolios as of December 31, 2010 were $17 thousand and $0.5 million, respectively.

 

·                  Reduced our total loan and lease portfolio to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2010 from $3.0 billion at December 31, 2009. More importantly, we reduced our troubled construction and development loan portfolio (excluding owner-occupied loans) by approximately $500.9 million over this same period from $800.8 million, or 26.3%, of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2009 to $299.9 million, or 13.8%, of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2010.

 

·                  Maintained an Allowance as a percentage of total loans and leases of 8.9% at December 31, 2010, compared to 6.7% at December 31, 2009. We also increased our Allowance as a percentage of nonperforming assets to 63.7% at December 31, 2010 from 41.1% at December 31, 2009.

 

·                  Improved our liquidity position with cash and cash equivalents totaling $790.7 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $488.4 million at December 31, 2009. We also reduced our loan-to-deposit ratio to 69.2% at December 31, 2010 from 85.2% at December 31, 2009.

 

95



 

·                  Paid down long-term borrowings at the FHLB totaling $106.0 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.78%. This prepayment led to the recognition of a one-time charge on the early extinguishment of debt totaling $5.7 million.

 

·                  Made progress with our previously announced plans to wind down activities on the mainland by closing two California loan production offices.

 

·                  Initiated steps to reduce operating costs through personnel reductions and completed the previously announced consolidation of two retail branch locations in Honolulu within close proximity of each other.

 

·                  Recognized a gain of $7.7 million in November 2010 upon completion of the sale of a non-strategic real estate holding.

 

In addition to the above, see Notes 14 and 15 for further capital preservation initiatives undertaken by management related to the suspension of dividends on common shares and TARP Preferred Stock, as well as the deferral of interest and dividend payments on the Company’s subordinated debentures and trust preferred securities.

 

The actions described above are designed to improve the overall financial position of our bank. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement the remaining aspects of our recovery plan or that the remaining elements contemplated by the recovery plan will be acceptable to our regulators.

 

3.                                    BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

Hawaii HomeLoans, Inc.

 

Pursuant to the Agreement of Acquisition by and between Central Pacific Bank and HHL (the “Acquisition Agreement”), we completed the acquisition of HHL on August 17, 2005 for approximately $8.3 million, net of cash acquired. The Acquisition Agreement provides for additional purchase consideration resulting from earnout and overage provisions tied to future mortgage loan origination volumes. During 2008, we made an earnout payment of approximately $1.4 million, in accordance with the provisions of the Acquisition Agreement. No payments were made in 2010 and 2009, and no additional purchase consideration is due under the Acquisition Agreement.

 

Pacific Islands Financial Management LLC

 

On July 1, 2008 (the “acquisition date”), we completed the acquisition of certain assets of PIFM, a Hawaii based investment advisory firm that managed money for private clients, corporate accounts and various retirement plans. The acquisition is expected to enhance our asset management operations by providing access to new customers and greater resources.

 

At the acquisition date, we paid $2.2 million (the “purchase price”) in cash to purchase the assets of PIFM. Additional cash consideration of up to $2.1 million may be paid five years from the date of acquisition as a result of earnout provisions tied to revenue growth during the five year period immediately following the acquisition date.

 

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase accounting method. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. No liabilities were assumed in the acquisition. As a result of the acquisition, we recognized certain identifiable intangible assets including customer relationships of $1.4 million and non-compete agreements of $0.3 million, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of ten and five years, respectively. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts assigned to the assets acquired of $0.5 million was recognized as goodwill and was assigned to our Hawaii Market reportable segment.

 

96



 

Pro forma results of operations have not been presented for the acquisition of PIFM because the effects of the acquisition were not material to our consolidated financial statements.

 

4.                                    RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

 

Central Pacific Bank is required by the FRBSF to maintain reserves based on the amount of deposits held. The amount held as a reserve by our bank at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $54.4 million and $77.2 million, respectively.

 

5.                                    INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

A summary of investment securities is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amortized

 

unrealized

 

unrealized

 

fair

 

 

 

cost

 

gains

 

losses

 

value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

500

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

504

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

2,328

 

 

81

 

 

-

 

 

2,409

 

 

Total

 

$

2,828

 

 

$

85

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

2,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities

 

$

202,192

 

 

$

306

 

 

$

(643

)

 

$

201,855

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

12,619

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

12,619

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

483,647

 

 

6,653

 

 

(3,336

)

 

486,964

 

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

17

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

17

 

 

Other

 

1,057

 

 

5

 

 

-

 

 

1,062

 

 

Total

 

$

699,532

 

 

$

6,964

 

 

$

(3,979

)

 

$

702,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to Maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

$

500

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

502

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

4,204

 

 

98

 

 

-

 

 

4,302

 

 

Total

 

$

4,704

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

4,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities

 

$

207,292

 

 

$

1,010

 

 

$

(659

)

 

$

207,643

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

51,449

 

 

375

 

 

(339

)

 

51,485

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

600,507

 

 

14,088

 

 

(1,507

)

 

613,088

 

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

52,691

 

 

-

 

 

(6,222

)

 

46,469

 

 

Other

 

984

 

 

-

 

 

(14

)

 

970

 

 

Total

 

$

912,923

 

 

$

15,473

 

 

$

(8,741

)

 

$

919,655

 

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

97



 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Estimated

 

 

 

cost

 

fair value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

Due after one year through five years

 

500

 

504

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

2,328

 

2,409

 

Total

 

$

2,828

 

$

2,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

12,536

 

$

12,542

 

Due after one year through five years

 

174,655

 

174,253

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

22,339

 

22,398

 

Due after ten years

 

5,281

 

5,281

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

483,647

 

486,964

 

Other

 

1,074

 

1,079

 

Total

 

$

699,532

 

$

702,517

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale were $439.4 million, $86.2 million and $10.7 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, resulting in gross realized gains of $9.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.1 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and gross realized losses of $8.8 million, $0.7 million, and $0.1 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The basis for the cost of all securities sold was determined using the specific identification method.

 

In the first quarter of 2010, we transferred certain securities formerly classified as available for sale to trading securities as we intended to sell these securities in the near-term as part of our recovery plan. In the second quarter of 2010, we sold $23.2 million of these trading securities and in the fourth quarter of 2010, we sold the remaining $21.6 million of securities classified as trading. Gross realized gains and losses on the sale of these securities were $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The transfer of these securities to the trading category was accounted for at fair value.

 

Investment securities of $613.5 million and $747.4 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds on deposit, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other long-term and short-term borrowings.

 

In 2009, we repositioned our investment portfolio to reduce the portfolio’s credit risk. We sold $34.4 million in available for sale non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations at a weighted average price of 99.4% of book value. Proceeds of the sale were reinvested into the portfolio in AAA rated, government backed securities. As a result of the sale, we recorded a loss of $0.2 million. In addition, we sold 60 available for sale municipal securities, totaling $51.8 million, resulting in a gain of $0.1 million.

 

There were a total of 18 and 40 securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Provided below is a summary of investment securities which were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

98



 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or longer

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Description of Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

At December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities

 

$

83,973

 

 

$

(643

)

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

83,973

 

 

$

(643

)

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

194,756

 

 

(3,336

)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

194,756

 

 

(3,336

)

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

17

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

17

 

 

-

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

278,746

 

 

$

(3,979

)

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

278,746

 

 

$

(3,979

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities

 

$

89,172

 

 

$

(659

)

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

89,172

 

 

$

(659

)

 

States and political subdivisions

 

6,956

 

 

(197

)

 

3,696

 

 

(142

)

 

10,652

 

 

(339

)

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

70,213

 

 

(1,504

)

 

55

 

 

(3

)

 

70,268

 

 

(1,507

)

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

7,624

 

 

(162

)

 

38,845

 

 

(6,060

)

 

46,469

 

 

(6,222

)

 

Other

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

970

 

 

(14

)

 

970

 

 

(14

)

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

173,965

 

 

$

(2,522

)

 

$

43,566

 

 

$

(6,219

)

 

$

217,531

 

 

$

(8,741

)

 

 

The declines in market value were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality.

 

U.S. Government Sponsored Entities Debt Securities

 

The unrealized losses on our investment in debt securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored entities were caused by increases in current market interest rates. All debt securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored entities are rated AAA according to Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) and/or Moody’s. The contractual terms of these investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the current par value.

 

State and Political Subdivisions

 

Included in the fixed income portfolio as of December 31, 2010 was one state and local government general obligation of $0.5 million with a credit rating of A1. At December 31, 2010, the municipal security was in an unrealized gain position.

 

At December 31, 2009, there were seven municipal securities that were in an unrealized loss position less than 12 months. Of these seven securities, five municipal bonds carried an investment grade rating by at least one of the recognized rating agencies and two municipal bonds had their ratings withdrawn by at least one of the recognized rating agencies. Municipal securities in an unrealized loss position 12 months or longer at December 31, 2009 consisted of three securities. Of these three securities, one was rated A and two were rated BBB+. The unrealized losses associated with these securities were due to an increase in credit spreads as a result of a decline in credit quality of the monoline insurer and not the credit quality of the municipal issuer. These securities were subsequently sold in 2010.

 

99



 

U.S. Government Sponsored Entities Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

The unrealized losses on our investment in U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities were caused by increases in current market interest rates. All mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored entities are rated AAA by S&P and/or Moody’s and contractual cash flows of these investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. Government.

 

Non-Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations

 

As of December 31, 2010, there was one non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation that was securitized in 1991 with an unpaid principal balance, amortized cost and estimated fair value of $17 thousand, and an unrealized loss of $300.

 

The unrealized losses on our investment in non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations were caused in part by increases in credit spreads due to the decline in credit ratings on these securities. However, all of our non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations are performing and have received all principal and interest payments.

 

Other

 

Unrealized losses relate primarily to equity securities held under our Director’s Deferred Compensation Plan which have declined in value during the year.

 

Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

 

Unrealized losses for all investment securities are reviewed to determine whether the losses are “other-than-temporary.” Investment securities are evaluated for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value below amortized cost is other-than-temporary. In conducting this assessment, we evaluate a number of factors including, but not limited to:

 

·                  The length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

·                  Adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area;

·                  The historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

·                  The payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

·                  Failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

·                  Any rating changes by a rating agency; and

·                  Recoveries or additional decline in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a general lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized for anticipated credit losses.

 

The declines in market value were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and disruptions in the credit and financial markets. Because we have no intent to sell securities in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell such securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis, we do not consider our investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

 

During 2009, we identified three available for sale non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations that were considered other-than-temporarily impaired. The total OTTI on these securities as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $7.7 million, of which $2.6 million was determined to be credit related and recognized through earnings in 2009. The remaining $5.2 million was recognized as a component of AOCI.

 

100



 

6.                                    LOANS AND LEASES

 

Loans and leases, excluding loans held for sale, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

207,900

 

 

$

260,784

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

314,530

 

 

813,333

 

 

Mortgage - residential

 

747,870

 

 

823,274

 

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

761,710

 

 

972,537

 

 

Consumer

 

112,950

 

 

136,090

 

 

Leases

 

28,163

 

 

41,803

 

 

 

 

2,173,123

 

 

3,047,821

 

 

Unearned income

 

(3,679

)

 

(5,841

)

 

Total loans and leases

 

$

2,169,444

 

 

$

3,041,980

 

 

 

In the normal course of business, our bank makes loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates under terms that management believes are consistent with its general lending policies. An analysis of the activity of such loans follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

13,007

 

 

$

1,746

 

 

Additions

 

3,543

 

 

16,504

 

 

Repayments

 

(10,108

)

 

(4,832

)

 

Other

 

(468

)

 

(411

)

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

5,974

 

 

$

13,007

 

 

 

The following table presents the balance in the Allowance and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

Commercial,

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial &
agricultural

 

Construction

 

Mortgage -
residential

 

Mortgage -
commercial

 

Consumer

 

Leases

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance attributable to loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

81

 

$

18,197

 

$

89

 

$

1,158

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

19,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

485

 

144,956

 

61,589

 

18,004

 

-

 

-

 

 

225,034

 

 

Impaired loans requiring an allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (see Note 7 for related allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired loans) amounted to $119.8 million and $293.2 million, respectively, and included all nonaccrual loans greater than $0.5 million and all loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Impaired loans, many of which have been reduced to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, not requiring an allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $105.2 million and $185.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The average recorded investment in impaired loans was $369.1 million, $227.4 million and $93.6 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest income recognized on impaired loans was $2.1 million, $2.1 million and $1.0 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

101



 

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

Unpaid Principal
Balance

 

Recorded
Investment

 

Allowance
Allocated

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

$

112,675

 

 

$

85,571

 

 

$

-

 

 

Mortgage - residential

 

66,203

 

 

58,333

 

 

-

 

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

10,917

 

 

10,917

 

 

-

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

1,184

 

 

485

 

 

81

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

104,429

 

 

59,384

 

 

18,197

 

 

Mortgage - residential

 

3,681

 

 

3,256

 

 

89

 

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

7,746

 

 

7,088

 

 

1,158

 

 

Total

 

$

306,835

 

 

$

225,034

 

 

$

19,525

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans, including loans held for sale, at December 31, 2010 and 2009 totaled $245.3 million and $472.9 million, respectively. Interest income totaling $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million was recognized on these loans in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Additional interest income of $18.6 million, $18.4 million and $6.7 million would have been recognized in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, had these loans been accruing interest throughout those periods. Additionally, interest income of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million was collected and recognized on charged-off loans in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more at December 31, 2010 and 2009 totaled $8.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and accruing loans delinquent for 90 days or more as of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Accruing loans
delinquent for
90 days or more

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

 982

 

 

$

-

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

182,073

 

 

6,550

 

 

Mortgage - residential

 

47,560

 

 

1,800

 

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

14,464

 

 

-

 

 

Consumer

 

225

 

 

181

 

 

Total

 

$

 245,304

 

 

$

 8,531

 

 

 

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

30 - 59 Days
Past Due

 

60 - 89 Days
Past Due

 

Greater than
90 Days Past
Due

 

Nonaccrual
Loans

 

Total
Past Due

 

Loans and
Leases Not
Past Due

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

495

 

 

$

252

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

982

 

 

$

1,729

 

 

$

206,251

 

 

$

207,980

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

12,551

 

 

118

 

 

6,550

 

 

182,073

 

 

201,292

 

 

112,493

 

 

313,785

 

Mortgage - residential

 

4,183

 

 

7,494

 

 

1,800

 

 

47,560

 

 

61,037

 

 

685,224

 

 

746,261

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

273

 

 

3,169

 

 

-

 

 

14,464

 

 

17,906

 

 

742,400

 

 

760,306

 

Consumer

 

620

 

 

444

 

 

181

 

 

225

 

 

1,470

 

 

111,479

 

 

112,949

 

Leases

 

100

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

100

 

 

28,063

 

 

28,163

 

Total

 

$

18,222

 

 

$

11,477

 

 

$

8,531

 

 

$

245,304

 

 

$

283,534

 

 

$

1,885,910

 

 

$

2,169,444

 

 

102



 

Restructured loans included in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2010 consisted of eight Hawaii construction and commercial real estate loans with a combined principal balance of $39.3 million, 75 Hawaii residential mortgage loans with a combined principal balance of $29.5 million, one mainland construction and commercial real estate loan with a principal balance of $1.5 million, and one Hawaii commercial loan with a principal balance of $0.5 million. Concessions made to the original contractual terms of these loans consisted primarily of the deferral of interest and/or principal payments due to a weakening of the borrowers’ financial condition. The principal balances on these restructured loans were matured and/or in default at the time of restructure and we have no commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers. There were $14.2 million of restructured loans still accruing interest at December 31, 2010, including two residential mortgage loans totaling $0.8 million that were more than 90 days delinquent. At December 31, 2009, there were $6.7 million of restructured loans still accruing interest, including one residential mortgage loan of $0.4 million that was more than 90 days delinquent.

 

The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes loans and leases with an outstanding balance greater than $0.5 million or $1.0 million, depending on loan type, and non-homogeneous loans and leases, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

 

Special Mention. Loans and leases classified as special mention, while still adequately protected by the borrower’s capital adequacy and payment capability, exhibit distinct weakening trends and/or elevated levels of exposure to external conditions. If left unchecked or uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deteriorated prospects of repayment. These exposures require management’s close attention so as to avoid becoming undue or unwarranted credit exposures.

 

Substandard. Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the borrower’s current financial condition and payment capability or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly repayment of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful. Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or orderly repayment in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the exposure, its classification as an estimate loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.

 

Loss. Loans and leases classified as loss are considered to be non-collectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This does not mean the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but rather it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off the loan, even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future. Losses are taken in the period in which they surface as uncollectible.

 

103



 

Loans and leases not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans and leases. Loans and leases listed as not rated are either less than $0.5 million or are included in groups of homogeneous loans and leases. As of December 31, 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans and leases is as follows:

 

 

 

Pass

 

Special
Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Loss

 

Not Rated

 

Unearned
Income

 

Total

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial & agricultural

 

$

109,619

 

 

$

22,529

 

 

$

19,370

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

56,382

 

 

$

(80

)

 

$

207,980

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

44,488

 

 

41,330

 

 

215,187

 

 

5,789

 

 

-

 

 

7,736

 

 

745

 

 

313,785

 

Mortgage - residential

 

70,747

 

 

17,475

 

 

55,533

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

604,115

 

 

1,609

 

 

746,261

 

Mortgage - commercial

 

557,511

 

 

67,639

 

 

97,871

 

 

2,883

 

 

-

 

 

35,806

 

 

1,404

 

 

760,306

 

Consumer

 

5,778

 

 

307

 

 

769

 

 

-

 

 

14

 

 

106,082

 

 

1

 

 

112,949

 

Leases

 

21,761

 

 

4,039

 

 

2,363

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

28,163

 

Total

 

$

809,904

 

 

$

153,319

 

 

$

391,093

 

 

$

8,672

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

810,121

 

 

$

3,679

 

 

$

2,169,444

 

 

At December 31, 2010, we do not have loans defined as subprime.

 

7.         ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

 

Changes in the Allowance were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

205,279

 

 

$

119,878

 

 

$

92,049

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

159,548

 

 

348,801

 

 

171,668

 

 

 

 

 

364,827

 

 

468,679

 

 

263,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

(199,962

)

 

(265,708

)

 

(145,686

)

 

 

Recoveries

 

27,989

 

 

2,308

 

 

1,847

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(171,973

)

 

(263,400

)

 

(143,839

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

192,854

 

 

$

205,279

 

 

$

119,878

 

 

 

In accordance with GAAP, loans held for sale and other real estate assets are not included in our assessment of the Allowance.

 

Activity in the Allowance by category for the year ended December 31, 2010 was as follows:

 

 

 

Commercial,

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

financial &

 

 

 

Mortgage -

 

Mortgage -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

agricultural

 

Construction

 

residential

 

commercial

 

Consumer

 

Leases

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

11,000

 

 

$

114,300

 

 

$

23,900

 

 

$

44,300

 

 

$

4,600

 

 

$

1,100

 

 

$

6,079

 

 

$

205,279

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

7,529

 

 

75,227

 

 

27,926

 

 

51,977

 

 

583

 

 

431

 

 

(4,125

)

 

159,548

 

Charge-offs

 

(7,550

)

 

(126,829

)

 

(21,042

)

 

(41,280

)

 

(3,242

)

 

(19

)

 

-

 

 

(199,962

)

Recoveries

 

2,421

 

 

13,902

 

 

1,016

 

 

9,303

 

 

1,259

 

 

88

 

 

-

 

 

27,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(5,129

)

 

(112,927

)

 

(20,026

)

 

(31,977

)

 

(1,983

)

 

69

 

 

-

 

 

(171,973

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

13,400

 

 

$

76,600

 

 

$

31,800

 

 

$

64,300

 

 

$

3,200

 

 

$

1,600

 

 

$

1,954

 

 

$

192,854

 

 

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for impaired loans (included in the above amounts) were as follows:

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

38,353

 

 

$

19,185

 

 

$

14,557

 

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

18,249

 

 

32,633

 

 

17,476

 

 

 

Other changes

 

(37,077

)

 

(13,465

)

 

(12,848

)

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

19,525

 

 

$

38,353

 

 

$

19,185

 

 

 

104



 

The amounts included in other changes above represent net charge-offs and net transfers of allocated allowances for loans and leases that were not classified as impaired for the entire year. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, all impaired loans were measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans or at the loan’s observable market price.

 

In determining the amount of our Allowance, we rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio, our experience and our evaluation of general economic conditions, as well as the requirements of the Consent Order and other regulatory input. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current Allowance may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses and we may experience significant increases to our Provision.

 

8.         SECURITIZATIONS

 

In 2010, we did not securitize any residential mortgage loans. In 2009, we securitized certain residential mortgage loans with an outstanding principal balance of $50.1 million with a U.S. government sponsored entity. After the securitizations, we continued to hold mortgage-backed securities and service the residential mortgage loans. We recorded $0.5 million of servicing assets related to these securitizations during 2009. The servicing assets were recorded at their respective fair values at the time of securitization. The fair value of the servicing assets were determined using a discounted cash flow model based on market value assumptions at the time of securitization and is amortized in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income.

 

All unsold mortgage-backed securities were categorized as available for sale securities and were therefore recorded at their fair value of $10.0 million and $56.2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The fair values of these mortgage-backed securities were based on quoted prices of similar instruments in active markets. Unrealized gains of $34 thousand and unrealized losses of $0.5 million on unsold mortgage-backed securities were recorded in AOCI at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

9.         PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

9,006

 

 

$

13,726

 

 

Office buildings and improvements

 

89,537

 

 

101,677

 

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

33,323

 

 

34,942

 

 

 

 

131,866

 

 

150,345

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(74,476

)

 

(75,156

)

 

Net premises and equipment

 

$

57,390

 

 

$

75,189

 

 

 

In November 2010, we recognized a gain of $7.7 million upon completion of the sale of an office building in Honolulu, Hawaii.

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment were charged to the following operating expenses:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net occupancy

 

$

3,988

 

 

$

4,148

 

 

$

4,034

 

 

Equipment

 

3,749

 

 

4,262

 

 

4,026

 

 

Total

 

$

7,737

 

 

$

8,410

 

 

$

8,060

 

 

 

105



 

10.       GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

During the first quarter of 2010, we determined that an impairment test was required because of the uncertainty regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at that time combined with the fact that our market capitalization remained depressed. As a result of our impairment test, we determined that the remaining goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit was impaired and we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $102.7 million during that quarter. As of December 31, 2010, we had no goodwill remaining on our consolidated balance sheet.

 

In 2009, we also experienced a significant decline in our market capitalization. Accordingly, we performed an impairment test and determined that the goodwill associated with our Hawaii Market reporting unit was partially impaired and we recorded a charge of $50.0 million in 2009.

 

Other intangible assets include a core deposit premium, mortgage servicing rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. The following table presents changes in other intangible assets for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Core

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit

 

Servicing

 

Customer

 

Non-compete

 

 

 

 

 

Premium

 

Rights

 

Relationships

 

Agreements

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2008

 

$

26,076

 

 

$

12,107

 

 

$

1,330

 

 

$

270

 

 

$

39,783

 

 

Additions

 

-

 

 

11,730

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

11,730

 

 

Amortization

 

(2,675

)

 

(3,248

)

 

(140

)

 

(60

)

 

(6,123

)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

 

$

23,401

 

 

$

20,589

 

 

$

1,190

 

 

$

210

 

 

$

45,390

 

 

Additions

 

-

 

 

6,310

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

6,310

 

 

Amortization

 

(2,674

)

 

(4,187

)

 

(140

)

 

(60

)

 

(7,061

)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

 

$

20,727

 

 

$

22,712

 

 

$

1,050

 

 

$

150

 

 

$

44,639

 

 

 

The gross carrying value, accumulated amortization and net carrying value related to our other intangible assets are presented below:

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Net

 

Gross

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Value

 

Amortization

 

Value

 

Value

 

Amortization

 

Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit premium

 

$

44,642

 

 

$

(23,915

)

 

$

20,727

 

 

$

44,642

 

 

$

(21,241

)

 

$

23,401

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

41,667

 

 

(18,955

)

 

22,712

 

 

35,357

 

 

(14,768

)

 

20,589

 

 

Customer relationships

 

1,400

 

 

(350

)

 

1,050

 

 

1,400

 

 

(210

)

 

1,190

 

 

Non-compete agreements

 

300

 

 

(150

)

 

150

 

 

300

 

 

(90

)

 

210

 

 

Total

 

$

88,009

 

 

$

(43,370

)

 

$

44,639

 

 

$

81,699

 

 

$

(36,309

)

 

$

45,390

 

 

 

106



 

Based on our other intangible assets held as of December 31, 2010, estimated amortization expense for the next five succeeding fiscal years and all years thereafter are as follows:

 

 

 

Estimated Amortization Expense

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core Deposit

 

Servicing

 

Customer

 

Non-compete

 

 

 

 

 

Premium

 

Rights

 

Relationships

 

Agreements

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

2,674

 

 

$

2,957

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

60

 

 

$   5,831

 

 

2012

 

2,674

 

 

3,033

 

 

140

 

 

60

 

 

5,907

 

 

2013

 

2,674

 

 

2,610

 

 

140

 

 

30

 

 

5,454

 

 

2014

 

2,674

 

 

2,252

 

 

140

 

 

-

 

 

5,066

 

 

2015

 

2,674

 

 

1,929

 

 

140

 

 

-

 

 

4,743

 

 

Thereafter

 

7,357

 

 

9,931

 

 

350

 

 

-

 

 

17,638

 

 

Total

 

$

20,727

 

 

$

22,712

 

 

$

1,050

 

 

$

150

 

 

$44,639

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, there were no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate that the assets assigned to our Hawaii Market reporting unit, which includes the entire core deposit premium, were not recoverable.

 

We have elected to use the amortization method to measure our mortgage servicing rights. Under the amortization method, we amortize our mortgage servicing rights in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income. Income generated as the result of new mortgage servicing rights is reported as gains on sales of loans and totaled $6.3 million, $11.7 million and $6.5 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Amortization and impairment of the servicing rights are reported as amortization and impairment of other intangible assets in our consolidated statements of operations. Ancillary income is recorded in other income. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when loans are sold to third-parties with servicing of those loans retained and we classify our entire mortgage servicing rights into one class.

 

Initial fair value of the servicing right is calculated by a discounted cash flow model prepared by a third party service provider based on market value assumptions at the time of origination and we assess the servicing right for impairment using current market value assumptions at each reporting period. Critical assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates, costs to service and ancillary income. Variations in our assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair values. Changes to our assumptions are made when current trends and market data indicate that new trends have developed. Current market value assumptions based on loan product types (fixed rate, adjustable rate and balloon loans) include average discount rates and national prepayment speeds. Many of these assumptions are subjective and require a high level of management judgment. Our mortgage servicing rights portfolio and valuation assumptions are periodically reviewed by management.

 

Prepayment speeds may be affected by economic factors such as home price appreciation, market interest rates, the availability of other credit products to our borrowers and customer payment patterns. Prepayment speeds include the impact of all borrower prepayments, including full payoffs, additional principal payments and the impact of loans paid off due to foreclosure liquidations. As market interest rates decline, prepayment speeds will generally increase as customers refinance existing mortgages under more favorable interest rate terms. As prepayment speeds increase, anticipated cash flows will generally decline resulting in a potential reduction, or impairment, to the fair value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights. Alternatively, an increase in market interest rates may cause a decrease in prepayment speeds and therefore an increase in fair value of mortgage servicing rights.

 

107



 

The following table presents the fair market value and key assumptions used in determining the fair market value of our mortgage servicing rights:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair market value, beginning of period

 

 

$

23,019

 

 

 

$

12,107

 

 

Fair market value, end of period

 

 

23,709

 

 

 

23,019

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

8.5

%

 

 

8.6

%

 

Weighted average prepayment speed assumption

 

 

13.8

 

 

 

12.2

 

 

 

Fair values at December 31, 2010 and 2009 reflected approximately $2.7 billion and $2.5 billion in loans serviced for others, respectively.

 

11.   DERIVATIVES

 

We utilize various designated and undesignated derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to movements in interest rates including interest rate swaps, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale commitments. We measure all derivatives at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet. At each reporting period, we record the derivative instruments in other assets or other liabilities depending on whether the derivatives are in an asset or liability position. For derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments, we record the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of the derivative in AOCI, net of tax, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction. We immediately recognize the portion of the gain or loss in the fair value of the derivative that represents hedge ineffectiveness in current period earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivative are included in current period earnings.

 

Interest Rate Swap

 

In January 2008, we entered into a derivative transaction to hedge future cash flows from a portion of our then existing variable rate loan portfolio. Under the terms of the arrangement, we would receive payments equal to a fixed interest rate of 6.25% from January 2008 through January 2013 from the counterparty on a notional amount of $400 million. In return, we would pay the counterparty a floating rate, namely our prime rate, on the same notional amount. The purpose of the derivative transaction was to minimize the risk of fluctuations in interest payments received on our variable rate loan portfolio. The derivative transaction was designated as a cash flow hedge.

 

On September 1, 2009, we terminated the derivative transaction with the counterparty at its then fair market value of $18.0 million. As a result of the termination, we recorded an unrealized gain related to hedge effectiveness of $12.5 million as a component of AOCI and $5.5 million of hedge ineffectiveness as other operating income. The unrealized gain will be recognized into income over the original contract period of January 2013 using the effective yield method and we expect to reclassify $3.2 million of this gain into earnings within the next 12 months.

 

Interest Rate Lock and Forward Sale Commitments

 

We enter into interest rate lock commitments on certain mortgage loans that are intended to be sold. To manage interest rate risk on interest rate lock commitments, we also enter into forward loan sale commitments. The interest rate lock and forward loan sale commitments are accounted for as undesignated derivatives and are recorded at their respective fair values in other assets or other liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in current period earnings. These instruments serve to reduce our exposure to movements in interest rates. At December 31, 2010, we were a party to interest rate lock and forward sale commitments on $64.0 million and $40.7 million of mortgage loans, respectively. At December 31, 2009, we were a party to interest rate lock and forward sale commitments on $89.9 million and $75.2 million of mortgage loans, respectively.

 

108



 

The following table presents the location of all assets and liabilities associated with our derivative instruments within the consolidated balance sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

Liability Derivatives

 

Derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments

 

Balance Sheet
Location

 

Fair Value at
December 31,
2010

 

Fair Value at
December 31,
2009

 

Fair Value at
December 31,
2010

 

Fair Value at
December 31,
2009

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other assets /

 

$

1,035

 

$

1,035

 

$

523

 

$

1,217

 

 

 

other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following tables present the impact of derivative instruments and their location within the consolidated statements of operations:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging
Relationship

 

Amount of Loss
Recognized in
AOCI on
Derivative
(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of Gain
Reclassified from
AOCI into
Earnings
(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of Gain
Recognized in
Earnings on
Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

-

 

$

6,720

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

(14,811)

 

$

810

 

$

3,365

 

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI into income are included in interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The ineffective portion has been recognized as other operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Derivatives not in Cash Flow Hedging
Relationship

 

Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Earnings on
Derivatives

 

Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Earnings on
Derivatives

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other operating income

 

$

790

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other operating income

 

$

(3,568

)

 

 

12.       DEPOSITS

 

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $336.8 million and $610.2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Interest expense on certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $6.3 million, $13.8 million and $30.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

109



 

Maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Three months or less

 

$

75,261

 

Over three through six months

 

105,967

 

Over six through twelve months

 

105,419

 

2012

 

33,463

 

2013

 

7,769

 

2014

 

4,153

 

2015

 

4,770

 

Thereafter

 

-

 

Total

 

$

336,802

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, overdrawn deposit accounts totaling $0.8 million and $4.2 million, respectively, have been reclassified as loans on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

13.                            SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

Federal funds purchased generally mature on the day following the date of purchase.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with a weighted average contractual maturity of 365 days or less are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase the identical securities sold are reflected as a liability with the dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remaining in the asset accounts. The underlying securities are held in a custodial account subject to our control. At December 31, 2010, we had no securities sold under agreements to repurchase. At December 31, 2009, we had $239.7 million in securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

 

At December 31, 2010, other short-term borrowings consist of short-term FHLB advances of $200.0 million and the Treasury Tax and Loan balance of $2.5 million, which represents tax payments collected on behalf of the U.S. government. At December 31, 2010, the short-term FHLB advances bear an adjustable interest rate of 0.58%. The rate adjusts on a quarterly basis to the three month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 0.28%. Treasury Tax and Loan balances bear market interest rates and are callable at any time. At December 31, 2010, our bank had additional unused borrowings available at the Federal Reserve discount window of $45.0 million, subject to approval of the Federal Reserve. At December 31, 2010, our bank was no longer eligible to access the Federal Reserve’s primary credit facility but still maintained access to its secondary facility. There was no change in the level of credit available to the bank; however, future advances will have higher borrowing costs under the secondary facility. All terms and maturities of advances under this arrangement are at the discretion of the Federal Reserve and are generally limited to overnight borrowings. At December 31, 2009, other short-term borrowings consisted of the Treasury Tax and Loan balance of $2.8 million. There were no short-term FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2009. Interest expense on short-term FHLB advances were $1.1 million, nil and $5.5 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

110



 

A summary of short-term borrowings follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount outstanding at December 31

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

$

-

 

Average amount outstanding during year

 

-

 

-

 

8,726

 

Highest month-end balance during year

 

-

 

-

 

35,000

 

Weighted average interest rate on balances outstanding at December 31

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

Weighted average interest rate during year

 

-

 

-

 

2.83%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount outstanding at December 31

 

$

-

 

$

239,669

 

$

1,000

 

Average amount outstanding during year

 

52,214

 

129,802

 

1,000

 

Highest month-end balance during year

 

236,669

 

263,669

 

1,000

 

Weighted average interest rate on balances outstanding at December 31

 

-

 

0.21%

 

2.00%

 

Weighted average interest rate during year

 

0.21%

 

0.23%

 

3.09%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount outstanding at December 31

 

$

202,480

 

$

2,760

 

$

278,450

 

Average amount outstanding during year

 

167,608

 

57,918

 

282,731

 

Highest month-end balance during year

 

202,480

 

279,725

 

474,656

 

Weighted average interest rate on balances outstanding at December 31

 

0.58%

 

0.00%

 

0.50%

 

Weighted average interest rate during year

 

0.64%

 

0.43%

 

2.22%

 

 

14.          LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Long-term debt, which is based on original maturity, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

 

$

351,554

 

 

 

$

549,625

 

 

Subordinated debentures

 

 

108,249

 

 

 

108,249

 

 

 

 

 

$

459,803

 

 

 

$

657,874

 

 

 

FHLB Advances

 

FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009 carried weighted average interest rates of 2.75% and 3.55%, respectively. FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2010 were secured by interest-bearing deposits at the FHLB of $1.6 million, our bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, other unencumbered investment securities with a fair value of $464.4 million and certain real estate loans totaling $309.6 million in accordance with the collateral provisions of the Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with the FHLB. At December 31, 2010, our bank had additional unused FHLB advances available of approximately $101.8 million; however, the FHLB has no obligation to make future advances to the bank. Although the bank has not received any notice from the FHLB, the bank is in default under this arrangement by virtue of the Consent Order and the FHLB has the right to call all outstanding borrowings. Interest expense on FHLB advances were $17.0 million, $20.7 million and $25.8 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2010, FHLB advances totaling $130.0 million were putable at the option of the FHLB on a quarterly basis. The putable advances bear fixed interest rates from 2.85% to 5.06%, with maturity dates ranging from February 2011 to November 2012.

 

111



 

In December 2010, the bank completed a balance sheet repositioning in which it prepaid long-term FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.78% totaling $106.7 million and, as a result, recognized a charge of $5.7 million on the early extinguishment of this debt.

 

In February 2009, the bank’s collateral arrangement with the FHLB converted from a blanket pledge arrangement to a physical possession arrangement whereby the bank is required to deliver certain original loan documents to the FHLB for the collateral securing advances. In December 2010, the FHLB expanded the physical possession collateral arrangement to require copies of all loan documents for the collateral securing advances. These changes in the collateral arrangement do not affect the level of credit available to the bank. At December 31, 2010, the maximum borrowing term allowed to the bank by the FHLB was two years, and the bank has a credit line of 25% of total assets.

 

Subordinated Debentures

 

In March 2003, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Capital Trust I (“Trust I”). Trust I issued $15.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Trust I trust preferred securities bear an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 3.25%, and mature on April 7, 2033. The principal assets of Trust I are $15.5 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust I trust preferred securities. Trust I issued $0.5 million of common securities to the Company.

 

In October 2003, we created two wholly-owned statutory trusts, CPB Capital Trust II (“Trust II”) and CPB Statutory Trust III (“Trust III”). Trust II issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and maturing on October 7, 2033. The principal assets of Trust II are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust II trust preferred securities. Trust II issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

 

Trust III issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.85% and maturing on December 17, 2033. The principal assets of Trust III are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust III trust preferred securities. Trust III issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

 

In September 2004, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Capital Trust IV (“Trust IV”). Trust IV issued $30.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.45% and maturing on December 15, 2034. The principal assets of Trust IV are $30.9 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust IV trust preferred securities. Trust IV issued $0.9 million of common securities to the Company.

 

In December 2004, we created a wholly-owned statutory trust, CPB Statutory Trust V (“Trust V”). Trust V issued $20.0 million in trust preferred securities bearing an interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.87% and maturing on December 15, 2034. The principal assets of Trust V are $20.6 million of the Company’s subordinated debentures with an identical interest rate and maturity as the Trust V trust preferred securities. Trust V issued $0.6 million of common securities to the Company.

 

The trust preferred securities, the subordinated debentures that are the assets of Trusts I, II, III, IV and V and the common securities issued by Trusts I, II, III, IV and V are redeemable in whole or in part on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 on or after April 7, 2008 for Trust I, on or after October 7, 2008 for Trusts II and III, and on or after December 15, 2009 for Trust IV and V, or at any time in whole but not in part within 90 days following the occurrence of certain events. Our obligations with respect to the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of each trust’s obligations with respect to its trust preferred securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, we may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the subordinated debentures, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related trust preferred securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. The Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) has determined that certain cumulative preferred securities having the characteristics of the Securities qualify as minority interest, and are included in Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies.

 

112



 

On August 20, 2009, we began deferring regularly scheduled interest payments on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities. The terms of the junior subordinated debentures and the trust documents allow us to defer payments of interest for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods without default or penalty. During the deferral period, which currently stands at six consecutive quarters, the respective trusts will likewise suspend the declaration and payment of dividends on the trust preferred securities. Also during the deferral period, we may not, among other things and with limited exceptions, pay cash dividends on or repurchase our common stock or preferred stock or make any payment on outstanding debt obligations that rank equally with or junior to the junior subordinated debentures. During the deferral period, we will continue to accrue, and reflect in our consolidated financial statements, the deferred interest payments on our junior subordinated debentures. Accrued interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures relating to our trust preferred securities was $5.1 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Assuming the completion of the Private Placement, we will seek regulatory approval to pay all deferred payments under our trust preferred securities.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as financing transactions, and the obligations to repurchase these securities are recorded as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The securities underlying the agreements to repurchase are reflected as assets of the Company and are held in collateral accounts with third-party custodians.

 

At December 31, 2010, future principal payments on long-term debt based on final maturity are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2011

 

 

$

181,010

 

 

2012

 

 

150,872

 

 

2013

 

 

12,899

 

 

2014

 

 

615

 

 

2015

 

 

462

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

113,945

 

 

Total

 

 

$

459,803

 

 

 

15.                            EQUITY

 

In January 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase and retirement of up to 60,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “2008 Repurchase Plan”). Repurchases under the 2008 Repurchase Plan may be made from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. There were no repurchases of common stock during 2010 and 2009. Although a total of 55,000 shares remained available for repurchase under the 2008 Repurchase Plan at December 31, 2010, the Company is not currently permitted to make any repurchases under the terms of the junior subordinated debentures related to the trust preferred securities as a result of the deferral of interest thereon, and does not plan to do so for the foreseeable future.

 

In January 2009, as part of the TARP’s Capital Repurchase Program (“CPP”), we issued and sold to the Treasury (i) 135,000 shares of the TARP Preferred Stock, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and (ii) the TARP Warrant to purchase up to 79,288 shares of the Company’s voting common stock, no par value, at an exercise price of $255.40 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $135.0 million in cash. This capital is considered Tier 1 capital and ranks senior to common stock.

 

113



 

The TARP Preferred Stock pays a dividend of 5% per year for the first five years and resets to 9% per year thereafter. The TARP Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the shares. The TARP Preferred Stock can be redeemed at the issuer’s option after three years for the liquidation amount plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. Prior to the end of three years, the TARP Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the issuer’s option with the proceeds from a qualifying equity offering of any Tier 1 perpetual preferred stock or common stock. Redemption of the preferred stock can occur only if the stock is replaced with a similar class of capital. Dividends paid on the TARP Preferred Stock are cumulative. The TARP Warrant has a ten year term and is exercisable immediately, in whole or in part, over the term of ten years. Any common shares issued under the exercise of the TARP Warrant are voting shares. The terms of TARP also include certain limitations on executive compensation.

 

In conjunction with the issuance of the TARP Preferred Stock and TARP Warrant, the TARP Warrant was allocated a portion of the $135.0 million issuance proceeds as required by current accounting standards. The proceeds were allocated to the TARP Preferred Stock and surplus based on their relative fair values. Accordingly, the value of the TARP Warrant was determined to be $6.75 million, which was allocated from the proceeds and recorded in surplus on our consolidated balance sheet. This non-cash amount is considered a discount on the TARP Preferred Stock and is accreted against retained earnings over a five year period using the interest method and is reflected in our consolidated statement of operations as preferred stock dividends and accretion. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we recorded $1.3 million in accretion of the preferred stock discount. The TARP Warrant is included in our diluted average common shares outstanding (subject to anti-dilution).

 

During the third quarter of 2009, we suspended the payment of cash dividends on our outstanding TARP Preferred Stock. During the deferral period, we will continue to accrue, and reflect in our consolidated financial statements, the deferred dividends on our outstanding TARP Preferred Stock. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, accrued dividends on our outstanding TARP Preferred Stock amounted to $11.4 million and $4.3 million, respectively.

 

As previously mentioned, as part of our planned recapitalization, we expect to complete the TARP Exchange, whereby we exchange all of our TARP Preferred Stock and accrued and unpaid dividends thereon for our common stock, assuming the satisfaction of all closing conditions.

 

We have generated considerable tax benefits, including net operating loss carry-forwards and federal and state tax credits.  Our use of the tax benefits in the future would be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative increase in the Company’s ownership by “5-percent shareholders” (as defined under U.S. income tax laws) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.

 

On November 23, 2010, our board declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights (“Rights”) in respect of our common stock which were issued pursuant to a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010 (the “Tax Benefits Preservation Plan”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as rights agent.  Each Right represents the right to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions in the Plan, 1/10,000th of a share of our Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, no par value, for $6.00, subject to adjustment.  The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan is designed to reduce the likelihood that the Company will experience an ownership change by discouraging any person from becoming a beneficial owner of 4.99% or more of our common stock (a “Threshold Holder”).  Adoption of the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan was required by our agreements with the Lead Investors.

 

To further protect our tax benefits, on January 26, 2011, our board approved a proposed amendment to our restated articles of incorporation to restrict transfers of our stock if the effect of an attempted transfer would cause the transferee to become a Threshold Holder or to cause the beneficial ownership of a Threshold Holder to increase (the “Protective Charter Amendment”).  At our annual meeting of shareholders on April 27, 2011, we intend to propose the amendment for shareholder approval.  There is no guarantee, however, that the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan or the Protective Charter Amendment will prevent the Company from experiencing an ownership change.

 

114



 

In the past, we paid regular quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. However, on January 28, 2009, our Board of Directors suspended the payment of all cash dividends on our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends with respect to common stock is subject to obtaining approval from the FRBSF, DFI and Treasury, and is restricted until our obligations under our trust preferred securities and TARP Preferred Stock are brought current.  Assuming the completion of the Private Placement and the TARP Exchange, we will seek regulatory approval to pay all deferred payments under our trust preferred securities.  In addition, the TARP Preferred Stock and all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon will be exchanged into common stock assuming the completion of the TARP exchange.  However, under our exchange agreement with the Treasury, any dividend payment will continue to require the approval of the Treasury until the earlier of January 9, 2012 and such time as the Treasury ceases to own any of our or our affiliates’ securities. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends depends on our ability to obtain dividends from our bank. In addition to obtaining approval from the FDIC and DFI, Hawaii law only permits Central Pacific Bank to pay dividends out of retained earnings. Given that the bank had an accumulated deficit of $483.9 million at December 31, 2010, the bank is prohibited from paying any dividends until this deficit is eliminated. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that the bank will be permitted to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

16.                            SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

In accordance with ASC 718, compensation expense is recognized only for those shares expected to vest, based on the Company’s historical experience and future expectations. The following table summarizes the effects of share-based compensation to options and awards granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans for each of the periods presented:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

$

374

 

 

 

$

362

 

 

 

$

2,087

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(836

)

 

Net share-based compensation effect

 

 

$

374

 

 

 

$

362

 

 

 

$

1,251

 

 

 

The Company’s share-based compensation arrangements are described below:

 

Stock Option Plans

 

We have adopted stock option plans for the purpose of granting options to purchase the Company’s common stock to directors, officers and other key individuals. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant; those option awards generally vest based on three or five years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. Certain option and share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the stock option plans below). We have historically issued new shares of common stock upon exercises of stock options and purchases of restricted awards.

 

In February 1997, we adopted the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) basically as a continuance of the 1986 Stock Option Plan. In April 1997, our shareholders approved the 1997 Plan, which provided 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for grants to employees as qualified incentive stock options and to directors as nonqualified stock options.

 

115



 

In September 2004, we adopted and our shareholders approved the 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”) making available 1,500,000 shares for grants to employees and directors. Upon adoption of the 2004 Plan, all unissued shares from the 1997 Plan were frozen and no new options will be granted under the 1997 Plan. Optionees may exercise outstanding options granted pursuant to the 1997 Plan until the expiration of the respective options in accordance with the original terms of the 1997 Plan. In May 2007, the 2004 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares available for grant by an additional 1,000,000 shares. To satisfy share issuances pursuant to the share-based compensation programs, we issue new shares from the 2004 Plan.  At December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the reverse stock split, shares authorized under the 2004 Plan were 1,402,589.

 

At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, a total of 57,758, 64,554 and 71,668 shares, respectively, were available for future grants.

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant based on the following:

 

Valuation and amortization method—We estimate the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula and a single option award approach. We use historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination activity within the valuation model; separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.

 

Expected life—The expected life of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

 

Expected volatility—Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock.

 

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

Expected dividend—The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy.

 

Stock Option Activity

 

The fair value of the Company’s stock options granted to employees was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

 

-

%

 

 

58.0

%

 

 

32.0

%

 

Risk free interest rate

 

 

-

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

Expected dividends

 

 

-

%

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

5.4

%

 

Expected life (in years)

 

 

-

 

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

6.5

 

 

Weighted average fair value

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

$

33.20

 

 

 

$

69.40

 

 

 

No stock options were granted during 2010.

 

116



 

The following is a summary of option activity for our stock option plans for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Remaining

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Contractual Term

 

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

(in years)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2010

 

50,705

 

 

 

$

422.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(6,660

)

 

 

381.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(2,192

)

 

 

357.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

 

41,853

 

 

 

432.40

 

 

4.9

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

39,747

 

 

 

436.00

 

 

4.8

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

 

34,091

 

 

 

465.20

 

 

4.3

 

 

-

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying option awards and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock for the options that were in-the-money at December 31, 2010. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, no stock options were exercised. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under our stock option plans was less than $0.1 million determined as of the date of exercise.

 

As of December 31, 2010, the total compensation cost related to stock options granted to employees under our stock option plans but not yet recognized was approximately $0.2 million, net of estimated forfeitures. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 1.1 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

Under the 1997 and 2004 Plans, we awarded restricted stock awards to our non-officer directors and certain senior management personnel. The awards typically vest over a three or five year period. Compensation expense is measured as the market price of the stock awards on the grant date, and is recognized over the specified vesting periods.

 

The table below presents the activity of restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2010

 

1,051

 

 

 

$

692.00

 

 

Changes during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

13,750

 

 

 

36.60

 

 

Forfeited

 

(325

)

 

 

676.60

 

 

Vested

 

(14,176

)

 

 

56.20

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

 

300

 

 

 

718.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010

 

300

 

 

 

718.00

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, there was $47 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years.

 

117



 

Performance Shares and Stock Appreciation Rights

 

In 2005 and 2008, we established Long Term Incentive Plans (the “2005 LTIP” and “2008 LTIP”) that covers certain executive and senior management personnel. Awards granted under the 2005 LTIP are comprised of three components: performance shares, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and cash awards, while awards granted under the 2008 LTIP consists of performance shares and SARs. All performance shares and SARs awarded under both the 2005 LTIP and 2008 LTIP are granted from the 2004 Plan.

 

No performance shares or SARs were granted under either Long Term Incentive Plans during 2010.

 

Performance Shares

 

Performance shares granted under the 2005 LTIP vested based on achieving both performance and service conditions. Performance conditions required the achievement of stated goals including earnings per share, credit quality and efficiency ratio targets. The service condition required employees to be employed continuously with the Company through March 15, 2008. The fair value of the grant was recognized over this service period and was determined based on the market value of the stock on the grant date, multiplied by the probability of the granted shares being earned. This required us to assess the expectation over the performance period of the performance targets being achieved as well as to estimate expected pre-vested cancellations. To the extent that the actual achievement fell short of the originally determined expectation (probability), there were no adjustments to reduce the remaining compensation cost to be recognized. If, on the other hand, the actual achievement exceeded the expected achievement, then compensation cost was adjusted for the reporting period and over the remaining service period to reflect the increased expected compensation cost.

 

Performance shares granted under the 2008 LTIP vest based on achieving both market and service conditions. Market conditions require attainment of specified market-based conditions tied to the market value of our common stock. The service condition requires employees to be employed continuously with the Company through March 12, 2011. The fair value of the grant, which is based on the market value of the stock on the grant date, will be recognized as compensation over the service period and must be recognized as expense over the service period regardless of whether the market conditions are met, so long as the grantee meets the service condition.

 

The table below presents activity of performance shares under both the 2005 LTIP and 2008 LTIP for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2010

 

4,024

 

 

 

$

377.60

 

 

Changes during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(1,585

)

 

 

377.60

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

 

2,439

 

 

 

377.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010

 

1,572

 

 

 

377.60

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, there was $39 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to performance shares that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.2 years.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

SARs granted under the 2005 LTIP require the employee to achieve the same performance conditions as the performance shares described above for the 2005 LTIP, as well as to satisfy service conditions that approximate three years from the date of grant. Similar to the performance shares under the 2005 LTIP addressed above, the amount of compensation cost to be recognized is the fair value of the SAR grant adjusted based on expectations of achieving the performance requirements and also the expected pre-vested cancellations. Compensation costs arising from the SARs will be recognized ratably over the requisite service period.

 

118



 

SARs granted under the 2008 LTIP require the achievement of the same market and service conditions as the performance shares described above for the 2008 LTIP. Similar to the performance shares awarded under the 2008 LTIP, the fair value of the SARs granted will be recognized as compensation over the service period and must be recognized as expense over the service period regardless of whether the market conditions are met, so long as the grantee meets the service condition.

 

Upon exercise of SARs under the 2005 LTIP and 2008 LTIP, for each SAR exercised, the grantee shall be entitled to receive value equal to the difference between the market value of a share on the date of exercise minus the market value of a share on the date of grant. We shall pay the value owing to the grantee upon exercise in whole shares. No cash will be awarded upon exercise, and no fractional shares will be issued or delivered.

 

As the Company’s SARs plan is a stock-settled SAR, this plan is an equity-classified award. As such, the financial and income tax accounting for this type of award is identical to that of a nonqualified stock option plan. Therefore, the grant date fair value for all SARs issued under the SARs plan is determined at the grant date using the same method as would be used for determining the fair value of a grant of a nonqualified stock option, which has historically been the Black-Scholes formula.

 

The fair value of SARs granted to employees was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula with the following weighted-average assumptions:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

 

-

%

 

 

-

%

 

 

32.0

%

 

Risk free interest rate

 

 

-

%

 

 

-

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

Expected dividends

 

 

-

%

 

 

-

%

 

 

5.3

%

 

Expected life (in years)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6.5

 

 

Weighted average fair value

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

$

70.00

 

 

 

The table below presents activity of SARs under both the 2005 LTIP and 2008 LTIP for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Weighted Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Contractual Term

 

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price

 

(in years)

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2010

 

8,976

 

 

 

$

384.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(190

)

 

 

718.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(4,179

)

 

 

377.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

 

4,607

 

 

 

377.60

 

 

7.2

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010

 

3,072

 

 

 

377.60

 

 

7.2

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, there was $14 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to SARs that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.2 years.

 

119



 

17.                            PENSION PLANS

 

Defined Benefit Retirement Plan

 

The bank has a defined benefit retirement plan that covered substantially all of its employees who were employed during the period that the plan was in effect. The plan was initially curtailed in 1986, and accordingly, plan benefits were fixed as of that date. Effective January 1, 1991, the bank reactivated its defined benefit retirement plan. As a result of the reactivation, employees for whom benefits were fixed in 1986 began to accrue additional benefits under a new formula that became effective January 1, 1991. Employees who were not participants at curtailment, but who were subsequently eligible to join, became participants effective January 1, 1991. Under the reactivated plan, benefits are based upon the employees’ years of service and their highest average annual salaries in a 60-consecutive-month period of service, reduced by benefits provided from the bank’s terminated money purchase pension plan. The reactivation of the defined benefit retirement plan resulted in an increase of $5.9 million in the unrecognized prior service cost, which was amortized over a period of 13 years. Effective December 31, 2002, the bank curtailed its defined benefit retirement plan, and accordingly, plan benefits were fixed as of that date.

 

The following tables set forth information pertaining to the defined benefit retirement plan:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at January 1

 

 

$

30,878

 

 

 

$

28,777

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

1,790

 

 

 

1,844

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

 

3,150

 

 

 

2,392

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(2,185

)

 

 

(2,135

)

 

Benefit obligation at December 31

 

 

33,633

 

 

 

30,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets at January 1

 

 

22,153

 

 

 

19,647

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

2,484

 

 

 

4,141

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 

768

 

 

 

500

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(2,185

)

 

 

(2,135

)

 

Fair value of assets at December 31

 

 

23,220

 

 

 

22,153

 

 

Funded status

 

 

$

(10,413

)

 

 

$

(8,725

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

 

$

(10,413

)

 

 

$

(8,725

)

 

Components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

 

(18,707

)

 

 

(18,293

)

 

Net amount recognized

 

 

$

8,294

 

 

 

$

9,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation actuarial assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

5.9

%

 

 

120



 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Components of net periodic cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

$

1,790

 

 

 

$

1,844

 

 

 

$

1,804

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(1,710

)

 

 

(1,483

)

 

 

(2,298

)

 

Recognized net loss

 

 

1,962

 

 

 

2,225

 

 

 

746

 

 

Net periodic cost

 

 

2,042

 

 

 

2,586

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain (loss)

 

 

(414

)

 

 

2,491

 

 

 

(10,524

)

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(414

)

 

 

2,491

 

 

 

(10,524

)

 

Total recognized in net periodic cost and other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

$

2,456

 

 

 

$

95

 

 

 

$

10,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic cost actuarial assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

5.9%

 

6.6%

 

6.5%

 

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

8.0%

 

8.0%

 

8.0%

 

 

The unrecognized net actuarial loss included in AOCI expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during 2011 is approximately $2.2 million.

 

The long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the weighted-average long-term rates of return for the various categories of investments held in the plan. The expected long-term rate of return is adjusted when there are fundamental changes in expected returns on the plan investments.

 

The defined benefit retirement plan assets consist primarily of equity and debt securities. Our asset allocations by asset category were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

49

%

 

53

%

 

Debt securities

 

44

 

 

39

 

 

Other

 

7

 

 

8

 

 

Total

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

 

Equity securities included the Company’s common stock in the amounts of $50 thousand and $43 thousand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Our investment strategy for the defined benefit retirement plan is to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. The investment policy establishes a target allocation for each asset class that is reviewed periodically and rebalanced when considered appropriate.

 

121



 

The fair values of the defined benefit retirement plan as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 by asset category were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total as of

 

Total as of

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Dec. 31, 2010

 

Dec. 31, 2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

 

$

724

 

 

 

$

-    

 

 

 

$

-    

 

 

 

$

724

 

 

 

$

720

 

 

Mutual funds

 

 

7,425

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

7,425

 

 

 

7,850

 

 

Government obligations

 

 

-    

 

 

 

3,535

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

3,535

 

 

 

3,327

 

 

Common stocks

 

 

5,317

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

5,317

 

 

 

5,180

 

 

Preferred stocks

 

 

554

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

554

 

 

 

223

 

 

Corporate bonds and debentures

 

 

-    

 

 

 

3,482

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

3,482

 

 

 

2,538

 

 

Limited partnership

 

 

-    

 

 

 

2,183

 

 

 

-    

 

 

 

2,183

 

 

 

2,315

 

 

Total

 

 

$

14,020

 

 

 

$

9,200

 

 

 

$

-    

 

 

 

$

23,220

 

 

 

$

22,153

 

 

 

We expect to contribute approximately $1.5 million to our defined benefit retirement plan in 2011.

 

Estimated future benefit payments are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2011

 

 

$

2,331

 

 

2012

 

 

2,329

 

 

2013

 

 

2,344

 

 

2014

 

 

2,361

 

 

2015

 

 

2,351

 

 

2016-2020

 

 

11,721

 

 

Total

 

 

$

23,437

 

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

 

In 1995, 2001, 2004 and 2006, our bank established Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERP”) that provide certain officers of the Company with supplemental retirement benefits. On December 31, 2002, the 1995 and 2001 SERP were curtailed. In conjunction with the merger with CB Bancshares, Inc. (“CBBI”), we assumed CBBI’s SERP obligation.

 

122



 

The following tables set forth information pertaining to the SERP:

 



 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at January 1

 

 

$

7,215

 

 

 

$

9,587

 

 

Service cost

 

 

42

 

 

 

104

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

435

 

 

 

250

 

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

278

 

 

 

(441

)

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(215

)

 

 

(2,285

)

 

Benefit obligation at December 31

 

 

7,755

 

 

 

7,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets at January 1

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 

215

 

 

 

215

 

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(215

)

 

 

(215

)

 

Fair value of assets at December 31

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Funded status

 

 

$

(7,755

)

 

 

$

(7,215

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liability

 

 

$

(7,755

)

 

 

$

(7,215

)

 

Components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized transition obligation

 

 

(216

)

 

 

(233

)

 

Unamortized prior service cost

 

 

(172

)

 

 

(189

)

 

Unrecognized net actuarial gain

 

 

320

 

 

 

627

 

 

Net amount recognized

 

 

$

(7,687

)

 

 

$

(7,420

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation actuarial assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

5.4%

 

6.1%

 

Weighted average rate of compensation increase

 

5.0%

 

5.0%

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Components of net periodic cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

 $

42

 

 $

104

 

 $

80

 

Interest cost

 

435

 

250

 

187

 

Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation

 

17

 

17

 

19

 

Recognized prior service cost

 

17

 

18

 

18

 

Recognized net (gain) loss

 

(29)

 

3

 

(33)

 

Net periodic cost

 

482

 

392

 

271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain (loss)

 

(307)

 

444

 

(597)

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

17

 

17

 

18

 

Amortization of transition obligation

 

17

 

18

 

18

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(273)

 

479

 

(561)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic cost and other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 $

755

 

 $

(87)

 

 $

832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic cost actuarial assumptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

6.1%

 

5.7%

 

6.2%

 

Weighted average rate of compensation increase

 

5.0%

 

5.0%

 

5.0%

 

 

123



 

The estimated amortization of components included in AOCI that will be recognized into net periodic cost for 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Amortization of transition obligation

 

$

17

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

17

 

Amortization of net actuarial gain

 

17

 

 

The SERP holds no plan assets other than employer contributions that are paid as benefits during the year. We expect to contribute $0.2 million to the SERP in 2011.

 

Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the SERP are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2011

 

 

$

215

 

 

2012

 

 

212

 

 

2013

 

 

209

 

 

2014

 

 

206

 

 

2015

 

 

202

 

 

2016-2020

 

 

1,806

 

 

Total

 

 

$

2,850

 

 

 

18.                            401(K) RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

We maintain a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (“Retirement Savings Plan”) that covers substantially all employees of the Company. The Retirement Savings Plan allows employees to direct their own investments among a selection of investment alternatives and is funded by employee elective deferrals, employer matching contributions and employer profit sharing contributions.

 

We match 100% of an employee’s elective deferrals, up to 4% of the employee’s pay each pay period. Our employer matching contributions to the Retirement Savings Plan totaled $1.4 million, $1.7 million and $1.8 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

We also have the option of making discretionary profit sharing contributions into the Retirement Savings Plan. Our Board of Directors has sole discretion in determining the annual profit sharing contribution, subject to limitations of the Internal Revenue Code. We did not make any profit sharing contributions in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

19.                            OPERATING LEASES

 

We lease certain properties and equipment with lease terms expiring through 2038. In most instances, the property leases provide for the renegotiation of rental terms at fixed intervals, and generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from five to 15 years.

 

124


 


 

Net rent expense for all operating leases is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent expense charged to net occupancy

 

$

10,195

 

 

$

10,525

 

 

$

10,321

 

 

Less sublease income

 

(92

)

 

(120

)

 

(158

)

 

Net rent expense charged to net occupancy

 

10,103

 

 

10,405

 

 

10,163

 

 

Rent expense charged to equipment expense

 

191

 

 

296

 

 

396

 

 

Total net rent expense

 

$

10,294

 

 

$

10,701

 

 

$

10,559

 

 

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum rental commitments for all noncancellable operating leases that had initial lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

Less

 

 

 

 

 

Rental 

 

Sublease

 

Net Rental

 

 

 

Commitment

 

Rental Income

 

Commitment

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

8,089

 

 

$

(82

)

 

$

8,007

 

 

2012

 

7,305

 

 

(27

)

 

7,278

 

 

2013

 

6,447

 

 

-    

 

 

6,447

 

 

2014

 

5,752

 

 

-    

 

 

5,752

 

 

2015

 

4,696

 

 

-    

 

 

4,696

 

 

Thereafter

 

30,132

 

 

-    

 

 

30,132

 

 

Total

 

$

62,421

 

 

$

(109

)

 

$

62,312

 

 

 

In addition, the Company, as lessor, leases certain properties that it owns. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental income for those noncancellable operating leases that had initial lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2011

 

$

3,330

 

2012

 

3,083

 

2013

 

2,603

 

2014

 

2,019

 

2015

 

1,373

 

Thereafter

 

1,101

 

Total

 

$

13,509

 

 

In instances where the lease calls for a renegotiation of rental payments, the lease rental payment in effect prior to renegotiation was used throughout the remaining lease term.

 

125



 

20.                               INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAXES

 

Components of income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

 

 

Current

 

Deferred

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

-    

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

-    

 

 

State

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

Total

 

$

-    

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

-    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(38,309

)

 

$

12,915

 

 

$

(25,394

)

 

State

 

(3,586

)

 

8,985

 

 

5,399

 

 

Total

 

$

(41,895

)

 

$

21,900

 

 

$

(19,995

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(30,674

)

 

$

(4,830

)

 

$

(35,504

)

 

State

 

(1,142

)

 

(12,667

)

 

(13,809

)

 

Total

 

$

(31,816

)

 

$

(17,497

)

 

$

(49,313

)

 

 

Income tax benefit for the periods presented differed from the “expected” tax benefit (computed by applying the U.S. Federal corporate tax rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes) for the following reasons:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computed “expected” tax benefit

$

(87,834)

 

$

(116,810)

 

$

(65,704)

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment (not deductible for tax purposes)

35,941 

 

17,500 

 

32,998 

Tax-exempt interest

(420)

 

(1,539)

 

(2,135)

Other tax-exempt income

(1,669)

 

(1,827)

 

(1,700)

Low-income housing and energy tax credits

(8,023)

 

(1,272)

 

(4,387)

State income taxes, net of Federal income tax effect, excluding impact of deferred tax valuation allowance

(8,724)

 

(17,907)

 

(8,975)

Change in the beginning-of-the-year balance of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets allocated to income tax expense

70,506 

 

101,836 

 

-   

Other

223 

 

24 

 

590 

Total

$

-    

 

$

(19,995)

 

$

(49,313)

 

At December 31, 2010, current Federal income taxes payable was $0.3 million. At December 31, 2009, current Federal income taxes receivable was $37.9 million. Current state income taxes receivable was $2.2 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

 

126



 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

$

67,406

 

$

71,777

 

Accrued expenses

 

5,151

 

5,271

 

Employee retirement benefits

 

8,015

 

7,192

 

Federal and state tax credit carryforwards

 

31,851

 

21,891

 

Investment write-downs and write-offs

 

3,429

 

3,192

 

Interest on nonaccrual loans

 

7,471

 

7,602

 

Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards

 

96,777

 

33,109

 

Other

 

15,441

 

12,962

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

235,541

 

$

162,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

$

17,232

 

$

17,295

 

FHLB stock dividends received

 

12,345

 

12,345

 

Net unrealized gain on derivatives recognized through AOCI

 

3,249

 

3,999

 

Leases

 

5,528

 

6,582

 

Deferred gain on curtailed retirement plan

 

3,339

 

3,339

 

Liability on utilization of state tax credits

 

6,860

 

6,631

 

Other

 

8,156

 

8,211

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

56,709

 

$

58,402

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

 

$

178,832

 

$

104,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

-    

 

$

-    

 

 

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $178.8 million and $104.6 million, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance was an increase of $74.2 million and $104.6 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Of the total valuation allowance recorded in 2010, $70.5 million was recognized as income tax expense while the remaining $3.7 million was charged against AOCI, compared to $101.8 million recognized as income tax expense and $2.8 million charged against AOCI in 2009. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the Company’s cumulative three year loss position and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize the benefits of these deductible differences. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could change in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period change.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of $212.6 million, which are available to offset future Federal taxable income, if any, through 2030. At December 31, 2010, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Hawaii and California state income tax purposes of $301.4 million and $40.9 million, respectively, which are available to offset future state taxable income through 2030. In addition, we have state tax credit carryforwards of $22.6 million that do not expire, and federal tax credit carryforwards of $9.3 million, of which $7.6 million expire in 20 years, and $1.7 million do not expire.

 

As further described in Note 15, to help protect the Company’s tax benefits, the Company implemented the Tax Benefits Preservation Plan on November 23, 2011 and the Protective Charter Amendment on January 26, 2011.

 

127



 

At December 31, 2010, we have no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

 

We are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. We have concluded all U.S. Federal income tax matters for years through 2005, and all Hawaii income tax matters through 2004.

 

21.                            ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Components of AOCI, net of taxes, were as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized losses due to other-than-temporary impairment related to
factors other than credit

 

$

-    

 

 

$

(5,158

)

 

$

-    

 

 

All other unrealized gains

 

2,985

 

 

11,109

 

 

1,143

 

 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on derivatives

 

(7,324

)

 

53

 

 

14,864

 

 

Pension liability adjustments

 

(10,226

)

 

(9,515

)

 

(12,617

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

$

(14,565

)

 

$

(3,511

)

 

$

3,390

 

 

 

Changes in AOCI, net of taxes, were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gain/loss during the period

$

(5,357)

 

$

7,858 

 

$

1,260 

Reclassification adjustment for gain/loss included in net loss

2,391 

 

(3,050)

 

123 

Change in accumulated gain/loss on effective cash flow hedging derivatives

(7,377)

 

(14,811)

 

14,864 

Change in the net actuarial gain/loss on defined benefit post-retirement benefit plans

(711)

 

3,102 

 

(6,643)

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

$

(11,054)

 

$

(6,901)

 

$

9,604 

 

22.                            LOSS PER SHARE

 

The table below presents the information used to compute basic and diluted loss per share:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$(250,953

)

 

$(313,747

)

 

$(138,414

)

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 

8,432

 

 

7,946

 

 

-    

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

 

$(259,385

)

 

$(321,693

)

 

$(138,414

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted

 

1,516

 

 

1,459

 

 

1,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

 

$  (171.13

)

 

$  (220.56

)

 

$    (96.56

)

 

 

128



 

A total of 128,677, 145,152 and 64,666 potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the dilutive share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive.

 

23.                            CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes the ultimate disposition of those matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In the normal course of business there are outstanding contingent liabilities and other commitments such as unused letters of credit, items held for collections and unsold traveler’s checks, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

 

24.                            FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

 

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written, forward foreign exchange contracts, and interest rate contracts. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and foreign exchange risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement we have in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. For forward foreign exchange contracts and interest rate contracts, the contract amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. We control the credit risk of these contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. We hold collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

 

Interest rate options issued on residential mortgage loans expose us to interest rate risk, which is economically hedged with forward interest rate contracts. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of other operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Forward interest rate contracts represent commitments to purchase or sell loans at a future date at a specified price. Risks arise from the possible inability of counter-parties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in market rates. Management reviews and approves the creditworthiness of the counterparties to its forward interest rate contracts.

 

129



 

Forward foreign exchange contracts represent commitments to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date at a specified price. Risks arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Management reviews and approves the creditworthiness of its forward foreign exchange counterparties.

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

415,005

 

$

541,825

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written

 

11,056

 

39,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments whose contract amounts exceed the amount of credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate options

 

63,994

 

89,943

 

Forward interest rate contracts

 

40,658

 

75,162

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

1,889

 

2,184

 

 

25.                            FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for our financial instruments.

 

Short-Term Financial Instruments

 

The carrying values of short-term financial instruments are deemed to approximate fair values. Such instruments are considered readily convertible to cash and include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, accrued interest receivable, the majority of short-term borrowings and accrued interest payable.

 

Investment Securities

 

The fair value of investment securities is based on market price quotations received from securities dealers. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities.

 

Loans

 

Fair values of loans are estimated based on discounted cash flows of portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics including the type of loan, interest terms and repayment history. Fair values are calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through estimated maturities using estimated market discount rates. Estimated market discount rates are reflective of credit and interest rate risks inherent in the Company’s various loan types and are derived from available market information, as well as specific borrower information.

 

Deposit Liabilities

 

The fair values of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits and interest-bearing demand and savings accounts, are equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits is based on the higher of discounted value of contractual cash flows or carrying value. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

130



 

Short-Term Borrowings and Long-Term Debt

 

The fair value for a portion of our short-term borrowings is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows using rates currently offered for securities of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of our long-term debt, primarily FHLB advances, is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows over the contractual borrowing period at the estimated market rate for similar borrowing arrangements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

 

The fair values of off-balance sheet financial instruments are estimated based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties, current settlement values or quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

 

For derivative financial instruments, the fair values are based upon current settlement values, if available. If there are no relevant comparables, fair values are based on pricing models using current assumptions for interest rate swaps and options.

 

Limitations

 

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time our entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. For example, significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include deferred tax assets, premises and equipment and intangible assets. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in many of the estimates.

 

131



 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

Carrying/

 

 

 

Carrying/

 

 

 

 

 

notional

 

Estimated

 

notional

 

Estimated

 

 

 

amount

 

fair value

 

amount

 

fair value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

61,725

 

$

61,725

 

$

87,897

 

$

87,897

 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

729,014

 

729,014

 

400,470

 

400,470

 

Investment securities

 

705,345

 

705,430

 

924,359

 

924,459

 

Net loans and leases, including loans held for sale

 

2,046,338

 

1,985,261

 

2,920,531

 

2,928,475

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

11,279

 

11,279

 

14,588

 

14,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

611,744

 

611,744

 

638,328

 

638,328

 

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits

 

1,729,361

 

1,729,361

 

1,784,211

 

1,784,211

 

Time deposits

 

791,842

 

793,333

 

1,146,377

 

1,147,629

 

Total deposits

 

3,132,947

 

3,134,438

 

3,568,916

 

3,570,168

 

Short-term borrowings

 

202,480

 

202,351

 

242,429

 

242,476

 

Long-term debt

 

459,803

 

407,175

 

657,874

 

608,696

 

Accrued interest payable (included in other liabilities)

 

9,528

 

9,528

 

8,980

 

8,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

415,005

 

2,075

 

541,825

 

2,709

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written

 

11,056

 

83

 

39,650

 

297

 

Interest rate options

 

63,994

 

(170)

 

89,943

 

(1,161)

 

Forward interest rate contracts

 

40,658

 

682

 

75,162

 

979

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

 

1,889

 

1,891

 

2,184

 

2,187

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

We group our financial assets and liabilities at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the financial assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value as follows:

 

·                  Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available.

 

·                  Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

·                  Level 3 — Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of discounted cash flow models and similar techniques that requires the use of significant judgment or estimation.

 

We base our fair values on the price that we would expect to receive if an asset were sold or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We also maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements.

 

We use fair value measurements to record adjustments to certain financial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available for sale securities and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

132



 

From time to time, we may be required to record other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis such as loans held for sale, impaired loans and mortgage servicing rights. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of the lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

 

The following table below presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value at Reporting Date Using

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities

 

$

201,855

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

201,855

 

 

$

-    

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

12,619

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

12,619

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

486,964

 

 

-    

 

 

486,964

 

 

-    

 

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

17

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

17

 

 

Other

 

1,062

 

 

1,062

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

512

 

 

-    

 

 

512

 

 

-    

 

 

Total

 

$

703,029

 

 

$

1,062

 

 

$

689,331

 

 

$

12,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities debt securities

 

$

207,643

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

207,643

 

 

$

-    

 

 

States and political subdivisions

 

51,485

 

 

-    

 

 

37,707

 

 

13,778

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities mortgage-backed securities

 

613,088

 

 

-    

 

 

613,088

 

 

-    

 

 

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

 

46,469

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

46,469

 

 

Other

 

970

 

 

970

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

(182

)

 

-    

 

 

(182

)

 

-    

 

 

Total

 

$

919,473

 

 

$

970

 

 

$

858,256

 

 

$

60,247

 

 

 

133



 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Available for sale
securities

 

Available for sale non-
agency collateralized
mortgage obligations (1)

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

 

 $

14,244

 

 $

106,091

Principal payments received

 

(466)

 

(21,481)

Realized net losses included in net loss

 

-    

 

(193)

Unrealized losses due to other-than-temporary impairment included in net loss

 

-    

 

(2,565)

Unrealized net losses included in other comprehensive loss

 

-    

 

(1,005)

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

 

-    

 

(34,378)

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

 $

13,778

 

 $

46,469

Principal payments received

 

(1,159)

 

(1,052)

Realized net losses included in net loss

 

-    

 

(7,275)

Unrealized net losses included in other comprehensive loss

 

-    

 

6,222

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

 

-    

 

(44,347)

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

 $

12,619

 

 $

17

 

 

 

 

 

Total unrealized net losses included in net loss related to assets still held as of December 31, 2010

 

 $

-    

 

 $

-    

 

(1)          Represents non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations previously classified as Level 2 for which the market became inactive during 2008; therefore the fair value measurement was derived from discounted cash flow models using unobservable inputs and assumptions.

 

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were recorded at fair value on our balance sheet, the following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the respective fair values:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

 

Significant Other
Observable Inputs

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale (1)

 

$

35,300

 

$

-

 

$

35,300

 

$

-

 

$

1,460

 

Impaired loans (1)

 

205,509

 

-

 

205,509

 

-

 

150,503

 

Goodwill (2)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

102,689

 

Other real estate (3)

 

57,507

 

-

 

57,507

 

-

 

7,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

261,908

 

December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale (1)

 

$

18,161

 

$

-

 

$

18,161

 

$

-

 

$

4,963

 

Impaired loans (1)

 

440,538

 

-

 

440,538

 

-

 

139,838

 

Goodwill (2)

 

102,689

 

-

 

-

 

102,689

 

50,000

 

Other real estate (3)

 

26,954

 

-

 

26,954

 

-

 

7,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

202,043

 

 

(1)          Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are based on agreed upon purchase prices for the loans or the appraised value of the collateral.

 

(2)          Represents carrying value subsequent to write-downs for impairment.

 

(3)          Represents other real estate that is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell.

Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral.

 

134



 

26.                            SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

We have four reportable segments as follows: (1) Commercial Real Estate, (2) Hawaii Market, (3) Treasury, (4) Other. The segments reported are consistent with internal functional reporting lines and are managed separately because each unit has different target markets, technological requirements, marketing strategies and specialized skills.

 

The Commercial Real Estate segment includes construction and real estate development lending in the markets we serve. The Hawaii Market segment includes retail branch offices, commercial lending, residential mortgage lending and servicing, indirect auto lending, trust services and retail brokerage services, and provides for a full range of deposit and loan products, as well as various other banking services. The Treasury segment is responsible for managing the Company’s investment securities portfolio and wholesale funding activities. The All Others category includes activities such as electronic banking, data processing and management of bank owned properties.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in Note 1. The majority of the Company’s net income is derived from net interest income. Accordingly, management focuses primarily on net interest income, rather than gross interest income and expense amounts, in evaluating segment profitability.

 

Intersegment net interest income (expense) was allocated to each segment based upon a funds transfer pricing process that assigns costs of funds to assets and earnings credits to liabilities based on market interest rates that reflect interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics. All administrative and overhead expenses are allocated to the segments at cost. Cash, investment securities, loans and leases and their related balances are allocated to the segment responsible for acquisition and maintenance of those assets. Segment assets also include all premises and equipment used directly in segment operations.

 

Segment profits (losses) and assets are provided in the following table for the periods indicated:

 

135



 

 

 

Commercial

 

Hawaii

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

Market

 

Treasury

 

All Others

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

43,632

 

 

$

68,049

 

 

$

6,972

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

118,653

 

 

Intersegment net interest income (expense)

 

(30,446

)

 

34,084

 

 

569

 

 

(4,207

)

 

-    

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

(116,416

)

 

(43,132

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(159,548

)

 

Other operating income

 

1,007

 

 

39,938

 

 

8,236

 

 

7,855

 

 

57,036

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

-    

 

 

(102,689

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(102,689

)

 

Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)

 

(22,182

)

 

(85,078

)

 

(8,059

)

 

(49,086

)

 

(164,405

)

 

Administrative and overhead expense allocation

 

(5,021

)

 

(40,689

)

 

(426

)

 

46,136

 

 

-    

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(129,426

)

 

$

(129,517

)

 

$

7,292

 

 

$

698

 

 

$

(250,953

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

$

-    

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

705,345

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

705,345

 

 

Loans and leases (including loans held for sale)

 

699,344

 

 

1,539,848

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

2,239,192

 

 

Other

 

(49,396

)

 

6,228

 

 

958,665

 

 

78,017

 

 

993,514

 

 

Total assets

 

$

649,948

 

 

$

1,546,076

 

 

$

1,664,010

 

 

$

78,017

 

 

$

3,938,051

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

86,739

 

 

$

66,939

 

 

$

20,844

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

174,522

 

 

Intersegment net interest income (expense)

 

(49,969

)

 

54,330

 

 

(13,525

)

 

9,164

 

 

-    

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

(304,076

)

 

(44,725

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(348,801

)

 

Other operating income

 

1,198

 

 

44,084

 

 

7,937

 

 

4,194

 

 

57,413

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

-    

 

 

(50,000

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(50,000

)

 

Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)

 

(29,394

)

 

(85,902

)

 

(2,921

)

 

(48,659

)

 

(166,876

)

 

Administrative and overhead expense allocation

 

(5,072

)

 

(37,068

)

 

(357

)

 

42,497

 

 

-    

 

 

Income taxes

 

16,588

 

 

6,271

 

 

(1,795

)

 

(1,069

)

 

19,995

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(283,986

)

 

$

(46,071

)

 

$

10,183

 

 

$

6,127

 

 

$

(313,747

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

$

-    

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

924,359

 

 

$

-    

 

 

$

924,359

 

 

Loans and leases (including loans held for sale)

 

1,475,760

 

 

1,650,050

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

3,125,810

 

 

Other

 

(113,918

)

 

173,935

 

 

645,397

 

 

113,939

 

 

819,353

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,361,842

 

 

$

1,823,985

 

 

$

1,569,756

 

 

$

113,939

 

 

$

4,869,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

129,432

 

 

$

77,004

 

 

$

(4,481

)

 

$

-    

 

 

$

201,955

 

 

Intersegment net interest income (expense)

 

(83,506

)

 

58,883

 

 

8,618

 

 

16,005

 

 

-    

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

(160,600

)

 

(11,068

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(171,668

)

 

Other operating income

 

350

 

 

44,202

 

 

10,875

 

 

(619

)

 

54,808

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

(94,279

)

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(94,279

)

 

Other operating expense (excluding goodwill impairment)

 

(44,590

)

 

(81,102

)

 

(5,499

)

 

(47,352

)

 

(178,543

)

 

Administrative and overhead expense allocation

 

(5,672

)

 

(38,563

)

 

(367

)

 

44,602

 

 

-    

 

 

Income taxes

 

63,034

 

 

(9,670

)

 

(3,167

)

 

(884

)

 

49,313

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(195,831

)

 

$

39,686

 

 

$

5,979

 

 

$

11,752

 

 

$

(138,414

)

 

 

27.                            PARENT COMPANY AND REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

 

At December 31, 2010, the accumulated deficit of the parent company, Central Pacific Financial Corp., included $481.6 million of equity in loss of Central Pacific Bank.

 

Central Pacific Bank, as a Hawaii state-chartered bank, is prohibited from declaring or paying dividends greater than its retained earnings. As of December 31, 2010, the bank had an accumulated deficit of $483.9 million.  For further information, see Note15.

 

In December 2009, the Board of Directors of Central Pacific Bank agreed to the Consent Order with the FDIC and DFI, as described in Note 2.

 

136



 

In addition to the Consent Order, in July 2010, Central Pacific Financial Corp. entered into the FRB Agreement with the FRBSF, as described in Note 2.

 

The bank will also become subject to the contemplated MOU, which we expect to become effective by the end of February 2011, as described in Note 2.

 

Section 131 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) required the FRB, FDIC, the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision (collectively, the “Agencies”) to develop a mechanism to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions. The final rules to implement FDICIA’s Prompt Corrective Action provisions established minimum regulatory capital standards to determine an insured depository institution’s capital category. However, the Agencies may impose higher minimum standards on individual institutions or may downgrade an institution from one capital category to a lower capital category because of safety and soundness concerns.

 

The Prompt Corrective Action provisions impose certain restrictions on institutions that are undercapitalized. The restrictions become increasingly more severe as an institution’s capital category declines from undercapitalized to critically undercapitalized.

 

The following table sets forth actual and required capital and capital ratios for the Company and the bank, as well as the minimum capital adequacy requirements applicable generally to all financial institutions as of the dates indicated. At December 31, 2010, the Company was not in compliance with the minimum ratios required by the Consent Order to be met by March 31, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum required to be

 

Minimum required

 

 

 

Actual

 

adequately capitalized

 

to be well-capitalized

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

180,626

 

7.6

%

 

$

94,544

 

4.0

%

 

$

141,815

 

6.0

%

 

Total risk-based capital

 

212,259

 

9.0

 

 

189,087

 

8.0

 

 

236,359

 

10.0

 

 

Leverage capital

 

180,626

 

4.4

 

 

163,454

 

4.0

 

 

204,318

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

334,309

 

9.6

%

 

$

139,064

 

4.0

%

 

$

208,596

 

6.0

%

 

Total risk-based capital

 

379,848

 

10.9

 

 

278,128

 

8.0

 

 

347,660

 

10.0

 

 

Leverage capital

 

334,309

 

6.8

 

 

196,478

 

4.0

 

 

245,597

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central Pacific Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

197,626

 

8.4

%

 

$

94,592

 

4.0

%

 

$

141,888

 

6.0

%

 

Total risk-based capital

 

229,271

 

9.7

 

 

189,183

 

8.0

 

 

236,479

 

10.0

 

 

Leverage capital

 

197,626

 

4.8

 

 

163,500

 

4.0

 

 

204,376

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

334,193

 

9.6

%

 

$

138,976

 

4.0

%

 

$

208,464

 

6.0

%

 

Total risk-based capital

 

379,705

 

10.9

 

 

277,953

 

8.0

 

 

347,441

 

10.0

 

 

Leverage capital

 

334,193

 

6.8

 

 

196,273

 

4.0

 

 

245,342

 

5.0

 

 

 

137



 

Condensed financial statements, solely of the parent company, Central Pacific Financial Corp., follow:

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

6,000

 

 

  $

6,887

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

1,062

 

 

1,314

 

 

Investment in subsidiary bank, at equity in underlying net assets

 

188,047

 

 

440,757

 

 

Investment in other subsidiaries, at equity in underlying assets

 

527

 

 

527

 

 

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

6,793

 

 

7,921

 

 

Total assets

 

$

202,429

 

 

  $

457,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

$

108,249

 

 

  $

108,249

 

 

Other liabilities

 

28,128

 

 

13,194

 

 

Total liabilities

 

136,377

 

 

121,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares; issued and
outstanding 135,000 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

130,458

 

 

128,975

 

 

Common stock, no par value, authorized 185,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
1,527,000 and 1,516,439 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

 

404,167

 

 

405,355

 

 

Surplus

 

63,308

 

 

63,075

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(517,316

)

 

(257,931

)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(14,565

)

 

(3,511

)

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

66,052

 

 

335,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

202,429

 

 

  $

457,406

 

 

 

138



 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Statements of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from subsidiary banks

 

$

-

 

 

  $

-

 

 

$

24,900

 

 

Dividends from other subsidiaries

 

-

 

 

8

 

 

9

 

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities

 

11

 

 

18

 

 

18

 

 

Interest from subsidiary banks

 

12

 

 

52

 

 

44

 

 

Other income

 

107

 

 

220

 

 

337

 

 

Total income

 

130

 

 

298

 

 

25,308

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on long-term debt

 

3,324

 

 

3,884

 

 

6,567

 

 

Other expenses

 

6,039

 

 

5,984

 

 

5,614

 

 

Total expenses

 

9,363

 

 

9,868

 

 

12,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries

 

(9,233

)

 

(9,570

)

 

13,127

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

-    

 

 

3,121

 

 

(6,408

)

 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries

 

(9,233

)

 

(12,691

)

 

19,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in loss of subsidiary bank

 

(241,720

)

 

(301,067

)

 

(157,973

)

 

Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries

 

-    

 

 

11

 

 

24

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(250,953

)

 

  $

(313,747

)

 

$

(138,414

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

139



 

Central Pacific Financial Corp.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(250,953

)

 

$

(313,747

)

 

$

(138,414

)

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

(73

)

 

3,947

 

 

(2,009

)

 

Equity in loss of subsidiary bank

 

241,720

 

 

301,067

 

 

157,973

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries

 

-    

 

 

(11

)

 

(24

)

 

Share-based compensation

 

56

 

 

86

 

 

-    

 

 

Other, net

 

8,904

 

 

5,979

 

 

1,227

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(346

)

 

(2,679

)

 

18,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

 

335

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

Advances to subsidiaries

 

-    

 

 

(135,000

)

 

-    

 

 

Distribution of capital by subsidiaries

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

6

 

 

Distribution from unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

15

 

 

Contributions to unconsolidated subsidiaries

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

(751

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

335

 

 

(135,000

)

 

(730

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants

 

-    

 

 

134,403

 

 

-    

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock and stock option
exercises, net of costs

 

(1,023

)

 

2,255

 

 

600

 

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

(1,760

)

 

Dividends paid

 

-

 

 

(2,362

)

 

(20,112

)

 

Other, net

 

147

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(876

)

 

134,296

 

 

(21,272

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

(887

)

 

(3,383

)

 

(3,249

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At beginning of year

 

6,887

 

 

10,270

 

 

13,519

 

 

At end of year

 

$

6,000

 

 

$

6,887

 

 

$

10,270

 

 

 

140



 

28.                            UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Full Year

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

  $

46,261

 

 

  $

40,100

 

 

  $

38,038

 

 

  $

36,355

 

 

  $

160,754

 

 

Interest expense

 

11,192

 

 

10,904

 

 

10,669

 

 

9,336

 

 

42,101

 

 

Net interest income

 

35,069

 

 

29,196

 

 

27,369

 

 

27,019

 

 

118,653

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

58,837

 

 

20,412

 

 

79,893

 

 

406

 

 

159,548

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses

 

(23,768

)

 

8,784

 

 

(52,524

)

 

26,613

 

 

(40,895

)

 

Investment securities gains

 

831

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

831

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

(160,219

)

 

(16,105

)

 

(72,544

)

 

(2,085

)

 

(250,953

)

 

Net loss

 

(160,219

)

 

(16,105

)

 

(72,544

)

 

(2,085

)

 

(250,953

)

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

 

(107.23

)

 

(12.01

)

 

(49.27

)

 

(2.78

)

 

(171.13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

  $

66,408

 

 

  $

64,441

 

 

  $

59,410

 

 

  $

51,978

 

 

  $

242,237

 

 

Interest expense

 

19,935

 

 

18,381

 

 

15,958

 

 

13,441

 

 

67,715

 

 

Net interest income

 

46,473

 

 

46,060

 

 

43,452

 

 

38,537

 

 

174,522

 

 

Provision for loan and lease losses

 

26,750

 

 

74,324

 

 

142,496

 

 

105,231

 

 

348,801

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses

 

19,723

 

 

(28,264

)

 

(99,044

)

 

(66,694

)

 

(174,279

)

 

Investment securities gains (losses)

 

(150

)

 

1

 

 

(169

)

 

244

 

 

(74

)

 

Loss before income taxes

 

(2,291

)

 

(59,483

)

 

(173,098

)

 

(98,870

)

 

(333,742

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

2,629

 

 

(34,442

)

 

(183,141

)

 

(98,793

)

 

(313,747

)

 

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

0.53

 

 

(25.41

)

 

(127.57

)

 

(66.64

)

 

(220.56

)

 

 

29.                            SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

As further discussed in Note 1, we effected a 1-for-20 reverse split on February 2, 2011. Except as otherwise specified, the share and per share amounts included herein have been restated to give effect to this reverse stock split.

 

141



 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.    Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report, or the Evaluation Date. Based on that evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective such that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, subject to management’s completion of its assessment of internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.    Management of Central Pacific Financial Corp., together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As of the end of the Company’s 2010 fiscal year, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 is effective.

 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.    There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

142



 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Except as hereinafter noted, the information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Directors’ and Executive Officers’ Information” of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2011 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Information concerning the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics is set forth above under “Available Information” and incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Code of Conduct & Ethics” of the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers” of the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement.

 

Information concerning the members of the Compensation Committee of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” of the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement.

 

Information concerning the report of the Compensation Committee of the Company is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Compensation Committee Report” of the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Introduction—Principal Shareholders,” and “Introduction—Security Ownership of Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers” of the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement.

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding securities issued under our equity compensation plans that were in effect during fiscal 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

remaining available for

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

future issuance under

 

 

 

Number of securities to

 

Weighted-average

 

equity compensation

 

 

 

be issued upon exercise

 

exercise price of

 

plans (excluding

 

 

 

of outstanding options,

 

outstanding options,

 

securities reflected in

 

Plan Category

 

warrants and rights

 

warrants and rights

 

column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

46,460

 

 

$426.97

 

 

57,758

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

46,460

 

 

$426.97

 

 

57,758

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence and Relationships, and Loans to Related Persons” of the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement.

 

143



 

Information concerning director independence is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence and Relationships” of the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference from the section entitled “Discussion of Proposals Recommended by the Board of Directors—Proposal 3—Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Services Rendered By and Fees Paid To Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) 1.    Financial Statements

 

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8 of this report:

 

Central Pacific Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Loss for the Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a) 2.               All schedules required by this Item 15(a) 2 are omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

144



 

(a) 3.               Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

Document

 

3.1

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (1).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (2).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Statement of Issuance of Shares of Preferred or Special Classes in Series Relating to the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, dated as of December 31, 2008 (3).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Warrant to purchase up to 79,288 shares of Common Stock, issued on January 9, 2009 (3).

 

 

 

4.3

 

Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, dated as of November 23, 2010, between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which includes the Form of Certificate of Designation for the Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series C, as Exhibit A, Form of Right Certificate as Exhibit B and Form of Summary of Rights as Exhibit C (4).

 

 

 

10.1

 

License and Service Agreement dated December 23, 2004 by and between the Registrant and Fiserv Solutions, Inc. (5).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan (6) (7).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Central Pacific Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (7) (8).

 

 

 

10.4

 

The Registrant’s 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (7) (8).

 

 

 

10.5

 

The Registrant’s Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (7) (9).

 

 

 

10.6

 

The Registrant’s 2004 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended (7) (10).

 

 

 

10.7

 

Amendment No. 2008-1 to the Registrant’s 2004 Stock Compensation Plan (5) (7).

 

 

 

10.8

 

Compensation Agreement, effective as of September 14, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Clinton L. Arnoldus (7) (11).

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (7) (10).

 

 

 

10.10

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Blenn A. Fujimoto, effective July 1, 2005 (7) (12).

 

 

 

10.11

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Blenn A. Fujimoto, effective December 31, 2008 (5) (7).

 

 

 

10.12

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Dean K. Hirata, effective July 1, 2005 (7) (12).

 

 

 

10.13

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement for Dean K. Hirata, effective December 31, 2008 (5) (7).

 

 

 

10.14

 

The Registrant’s Long-Term Executive Incentive Plan (7) (13).

 

145



 

Exhibit No.

 

Document

 

10.15

 

Amendment No. 2008-1 to the Registrant’s Long-Term Executive Incentive Plan (5) (7).

 

 

 

10.16

 

The Registrant’s 2004 Annual Executive Incentive Plan (7) (10).

 

 

 

10.17

 

Amendment No. 2008-1 to the Registrant’s 2004 Annual Executive Incentive Plan dated December 31, 2008 (5) (7).

 

 

 

10.18

 

Retirement Agreement of Clint Arnoldus dated March 10, 2008 (7) (14).

 

 

 

10.19

 

Advances, Security and Deposit Agreement with Federal Home Loan Bank Seattle dated June 23, 2004 (15).

 

 

 

10.20

 

Letter Agreement, dated January 9, 2009, including the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Registrant and the Treasury (3).

 

 

 

10.21

 

Distribution Agreement, dated September 4, 2009, among the Registrant, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and RBC Capital Markets Corporation (2).

 

 

 

10.22

 

Consent Order with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (2).

 

 

 

10.23

 

Stipulation to the Issuance of a Consent Order with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions (2).

 

 

 

10.24

 

Compensation Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Ronald K. Migita (2) (7).

 

 

 

10.25

 

Compensation Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Ronald K. Migita (2) (7).

 

 

 

10.26

 

Lending Agreement with Federal Reserve Banks effective October 15, 2006 (2).

 

 

 

10.27

 

Compensation Agreement with John C. Dean dated May 24, 2010 (7) (16).

 

 

 

10.28

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with John C. Dean dated May 24, 2010 (7) (16).

 

 

 

10.29

 

Written Agreement by and among the Registrant, Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco and Hawaii Division of Financial Institutions dated July 2, 2010 (17).

 

 

 

10.30

 

Compensation Agreement with Lawrence D. Rodriguez dated August 27, 2010 (7) (18).

 

 

 

10.31

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with Lawrence D. Rodriguez dated August 27, 2010 (7) (18).

 

 

 

10.32

 

Investment Agreement, dated November 4, 2010, between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (19).

 

 

 

10.33

 

Investment Agreement, dated November 4, 2010, between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (19).

 

146



 

Exhibit No.

 

Document

 

10.34

 

Employment Agreement with A. Catherine Ngo dated November 23, 2010 (7) (20).

 

 

 

10.35

 

Amendment dated December 30, 2010 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and Carlyle Financial Services Harbor, L.P. (21).

 

 

 

10.36

 

Amendment dated December 30, 2010 to Investment Agreement between the Registrant and ACMO-CPF, L.L.C. (21).

 

 

 

10.37

 

Form of Subscription Agreement by and between the Registrant and private placement investors (22).

 

 

 

12.1

 

Statements re. Computation of Ratios *

 

 

 

14.1

 

The Registrant’s Code of Conduct and Ethics (13).

 

 

 

14.2

 

The Registrant’s Code of Conduct and Ethics for Senior Financial Officers (13).

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant *

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm *

 

 

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *

 

 

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *

 

 

 

32.1

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 **

 

 

 

32.2

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 **

 

 

 

99.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 *

 

 

 

99.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer in accordance with Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 *


 

*                                         Filed herewith.

 

**                                  Furnished herewith.

 

(1)                               Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 3, 2011.

 

(2)                               Filed as Exhibits 3.2, 10.27, 10.28, 10.29, 10.30, 10.31 and 10.32 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010.

 

(3)                               Filed as Exhibits 4.1, 4.2 and 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2009.

 

147



 

(4)                               Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2010.

 

(5)                               Filed as Exhibits 10.1, 10.7, 10.15, 10.17, 10.19 and 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009.

 

(6)                               Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 1992.

 

(7)                               Denotes management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

 

(8)                               Filed as Exhibits 10.8 and 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 1997.

 

(9)                               Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2001.

 

(10)                        Filed as Exhibits 10.8, 10.9 and 10.20 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2005.

 

(11)                        Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004.

 

(12)                        Filed as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 31, 2006.

 

(13)                        Filed as Exhibits 10.19, 14.1 and 14.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2006.

 

(14)                        Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2008.

 

(15)                        Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2008.

 

(16)                        Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 25, 2010.

 

(17)                        Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 9, 2010.

 

(18)                        Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2010.

 

(19)                        Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2010.

 

(20)                        Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2010.

 

148



 

(21)                        Filed as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2010.

 

(22)                        Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 27, 2010.

 

149



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: February 9, 2011

 

 

CENTRAL PACIFIC FINANCIAL CORP.
(Registrant)

 

/s/ John C. Dean

 

 

John C. Dean
Executive Chairman

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John C. Dean

 

Executive Chairman

 

February 9, 2011

 

John C. Dean

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lawrence D. Rodriguez

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

 

February 9, 2011

 

Lawrence D. Rodriguez

 

Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard J. Blangiardi

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Richard J. Blangiardi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christine H. H. Camp

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Christine H. H. Camp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Earl E. Fry

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Earl E. Fry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ B. Jeannie Hedberg

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

B. Jeannie Hedberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul J. Kosasa

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Paul J. Kosasa

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Colbert M. Matsumoto

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Colbert M. Matsumoto

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald K. Migita

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Ronald K. Migita

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Crystal K. Rose

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Crystal K. Rose

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mike K. Sayama

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Mike K. Sayama

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Maurice H. Yamasato

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Maurice H. Yamasato

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dwight L. Yoshimura

 

Director

 

February 9, 2011

 

Dwight L. Yoshimura

 

 

 

 

 

 

150